Home
Service Manual
Contents
1. Locating of the V3 8 thermistors ig 1 Ton x 1 ORAT x i IRIT F PR OR6T y E jx w AR HO tt amp ED NK d p gt n i equ gl i IR4T gl a qe E 54 Le 1k 4 H l i Meu COOLING COOLING EKHBX IRST HEATING HEATING EKHBX EKHBH EVAPORATOR CONDENSOR oni TERR aen 2 ce ORST T IR2T gt IR4T 99 ae k bo 22 HEATING Pu 5 COOLING HEATING EKHBX EKHBH CONDENSOR D SH La 2 4 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 General Functionality Functions of the thermi
2. wu 6 hn T 5 1 2 eoe t E lt 1 3 Ex ea Pace ORE 2 9 lt di 402222 e i ex NS E 1690 l Y GK 1 D US 120 2e gE il amp Bl i E 5 1 50 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Functional Diagrams Components The table below contains the different components of the functional diagrams No Name Outdoor Unit Heat exchanger Outdoor unit Filter Outdoor refrigerant Expansion valve Liquid stop valve with service port Gas stop valve with service port Pressure sensor Outdoor unit 4 way valve ON heating High pressure switch discharge pipe Outdoor unit ojoj oO AJAJ N Compressor Accumulator E Service port 5 16 12 Propeller fan 13 Cra
3. 10 uo ers W B w S T E ae i z i3 E 5 Z 8 8 soenan uondo MMSY ralis TT TO 10 1958 ef 5 15 oe We ele i 1 i s 1 L wx vex vex VIX vol wax VIX vax n 2 vex 2 m vex in 2 3 5 E aay 19843 p 5 M 2 59 a vox 128 1 EET Jg 2 qu vx 1 ub SE i 7 wL e 3 vax o I i 1 5 qa e ONT vex vex TT div 2g uondo A AMMSYA 104 BE E 4 30N 88S Hex a i TES H y Eae Wo a a 5 ai wL JW o ex Dg wx 5 70 gt gt z 10 Jas lt lt ZH0S NI 062 5 H3MOd iagram D iring W iagrams D iring Wiring diagram w 6 2 Part 1 System Outline 1 86 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P M
4. VSOCX Ud 154 66000000 psd 598 S8 154 NO o n n dZH dSH dtH i SEAVV LOOHH AINO Ned Part 1 System Outline 1 102 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P Printed circuit board main PS Switching power supply 2 Printed circuit board inverter Q1DI Field earth leakage breaker 300mA Printed circuit board noise filter R1 Resistor A4P Printed circuit board R2 Resistor BS1 BS4 Push button switch 1 Thermistor air C1 C4 Capacitor R2T Thermistor discharge DS1 Dip switch R3T Thermistor suction E1H Bottomplate heater R4T Thermistor heat exchanger E1HC Crankcase heater R5T Thermistor heat exchan
5. ESIE08 01 1 2 ERHQ011 016AAV3 Outlook and Dimensions Outlook and The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm dimensions HOLE FOR ANCHOR DAREN 620 BOLT 4 M12 30 1 Dn C 71 e d Em PANN i Hh 6 M LI gt N 0 i amp 19 52 80 13 145 67 2 8 378 191 Installation See page 1 26 service space Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 3 ERHQ011 016AAW1 Outlook and Dimensions Outlook and The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm dimensions HOLE FOR ANCHOR BOLT 4x M12 n SM 18 350 845 355 320 FII v g F Qjo X a9 Ov Wo as dr L_J 14 4 E xu a x 19 80 BY C s
6. aem yoy XS En HERE uondo A nSMPDI 104 4 995 1 qz uondo 104 2 30N 895 ioeuuoo dund 05 w 8 uondo LAVMH10S gt 13 gt gt Z LON 33 lt lt ZHOS AOEZ H3MOd Part 1 System Outline 1 96 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P Main PCB 2 User interface M2S 2 way valve for cooling mode Thermostat PC power circuit M3S 3 way valve floorheating domestic hot water A4P Solar remote alarm PCB PHC1 Optocoupler input circuit E1H E3H Backup heater element 1 3 Q1L Thermal protector backup heater E4H Booster heater 3kW Q2L Q3L Thermal protector 1 2 booster heater F1B Fuse backup heater Q1DI Earth leakage protector F2B Fuse booster heater R1T Outlet water heat ex
7. OUTDOOR UNIT HEATING COOLING Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Piping Diagrams 4 3 Piping Diagram for ERHQ011 016AAW1 8 E 260 r fr gt lt 54777 x 8 9 UP RIT T CN A a 9 RST gt ANS A 7 TONER gt He a NL KHB Ot6 e E UN te 24 o 4 W 9 LET 4 CIN E L i INDOOR UNIT f OUTDOOR UNIT HEATING COOLING Components The table below contains the different components of the functional diagrams No Name 1 Heat exchanger 2 Service port 5 16 gt 3 Compressor M1C 4 Accumulator Pressure sensor S1NPH 6 High pressure switch S1PH 7 4 way valve Y1S 8 Filter 9 Electronic expansion valve YAE 10 Field piping 9 5 C 1220T 0 11 Field piping 615 9 C 1220T 0 12 Stop valve with service port 5 16 flare 13 Crank case heater E1HC 14 Fan motor M1F M2F 15 Injection valve Y3S 16 Capillary tube g R1T Thermistor AIR R2T Thermistor Discharge Part 1 S
8. 2 68 7160 8 120 1 104135 XO8HO IIMS SLM 226100 3 XO8HOLIMS sX HEH NOldO LAWMHTOSyA 87105 wenn 0 68 720 04135 XOS8HO IMS XO8HOLIMS Part 1 System Outline 1 112 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend E4H Booster heater F2B Fuse booster heater K3M Contactor booster heater L Line N Neutral Q2L Thermal protector Booster heater Q3L Thermal protector Hotwater tank X2M X4M Terminal block X9M X10M Terminal block Notes 1 TE Field wiring Protective earth Terminal stip ee Field wiring BRN Wire colour 2 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 3 Please refer to the KHWE manual for more installation details Part 1 System Outline 1 113 Wiring Diagrams ESIE08 01 6 16 Wiring Diagram for EKRT
9. aa ee eee gt SF 9 lt gt S 7 gt p o m ue 9 C 69 HOSN3QNOO X8H3 SNILV3H gt HO1VHOdVA3 DNITOOO gt SONILV3H oe a 65 n e D iia om i tj HE 1 rmm gt 4 ao T 6 i G2 IS 1 5 31 Lea Ly Om b e 8 p EN 5 C BEP Gu pi E 190 2 DM im mo e 2 Functional Diagrams Part 1 System Outline 1 52 ESIE08 01 Functional Diagrams Components The table below contains the different components of the functional diagrams No Name Outdoor Unit Heat exchanger Outdoor unit Filter Outdoor refrigerant Expansion valve Liquid stop valve with service port Gas stop valve with service port Pressure sensor Outdoor unit 4 way valve ON heating High pressure switch discharge pipe Outdoor unit ojoj oO AJAJ N Compre
10. 2 4 1 Overview of the Service PCB on the Outdoor Unit Various settings are available by using the DIP switches and the BS buttons on the Printed Circuit Board Display PC board A2P Display Lamp f Y NES HIP H2P 5 H6P 2 8 Display PC board O O A2P MODE TEST HWL L N O P DEMAND ON S 916 Dip Switch gt ig 2 58 UJ 55 EA 8 O18 QT MODE SET RETURN PUMPDOWN L J BS Button Displa E Function or Operating Procedure Mark Name HIP MODE During Setting mode 1 the lamp is During Monitor mode the lamp OFF blinks XK Hop TEST During test operation in Setting mode 1 the lamp te ON ORE During Monitor mode the lamp is When a malfunction occurs during OFF H3P HWL Setting mode 1 the lamp turns ON 8 LNOP During Setting mode 1 low noise During Monitor mode various pend H5P level is displayed combinations of the lamp indicate amp Wane the following conditions m Indication of oil return operation m Indication of outdoor unit class DEMAND Not applicable m Indication of malfunction code H7P the latest and up to 2 cycles before m Indication of causes of stepping down BS1 MODE Used to change Setting mode BS But BS2 SET Used to change Setting item and Setting condition ton BS3 RETURN Used to decide Se
11. Overview ON OFF XK BLINK 1 2 3 Malfuncti i on code Contents of retry or malfunction Hi 2 H3 H5 H6 H7 HA Hi H2 H3 H5 H7 HA Hi H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 P P P P P P P P 4 Indoor heat exchanger thermistor 1 Faulty outdoor PC board Ec 1 Abnormal high pressure KH 4 Abnormal low pressure 55 5 Compressor motor lock XK xxxix 7 DC motor 1 lock 6 xxx kx 6 outdoor fan motor DC motor 2 lock xk gt xt xt xk e Abnormal inverter transmission i HE E9 Abnorma Disconnected electronic e electronic expansion valve connector doi cad i expansion Mattinction due to wet e e valve conditions ileal d A F3 Abnormal Abnormal discharge pipe e e e discharge pipe temperature a M isi i temperature Disconnected discharge pipe thermistor lial Ga dc H3 Abnormal high pressure switch ele Keio AR H9 Abnormal outdoor air thermistor J1 Abnormal pressure sensor iue xe SKIKE xu cjeee e xuxkuxuuuceee e J3 Abnormal discharge
12. Components The table below contains the different components of the unit No Water connections Connection type 1 Water in cold 22 mm 2 Water out hot G 3 4 female 3 Flow from EKHB H X G 3 4 female 4 Return to EKHB H X G 3 4 female 5 Temperature relief valve 15 mm 6 Thermistor connection 7 Thermistor connection see EKSOLHWAV1 G 1 2 female 8 Re circulation hole 3 4 female Water connections kit Connection type 9 Pressure reducing valve 22 mm 22 mm 10 Expansion relief valve 15 mm 15 mm 11 T piece to tundish 15 mm 15 mm G 1 2 female 12 Tundish 22 mm 15 mm 13 T piece to expansion vessel 22 mm 22 mm 22 mm 14 Adapter expansion vessel 22 mm 3 4 female 15 Expansion vessel G 3 4 male 16 Drain valve 22 mm G 3 4 female 17 Reducing coupler 22 mm 15 mm No Other components 18 EKUHW2WB Kit Solenoid valve only with EKSOLHWAV1 Rp 3 4 Rp 3 4 19 Switchbox 20 Thermal protector 1 thermostat 21 Cable entry power supply booster heater and thermal protector cable 22 Cable entry for EKUHW2WB Power supply to solenoid valve 23 Cable entry for EKSOLHWAV1 amp EKUHW2WB Power supply from EKHB H X 24 Blind stop 2 plastic screw on closing caps for pressure reducing valve 25 Thermal protector 2 Thermostat 26 Cable entry for EKSOLHWAV1 power supply to EKSOLHWAV1 pump 27 3 way valve 3x Rp1 1 20 Part 1 System Outline General O
13. YLW GRN 1 106 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend E4H Booster heater Q2L Thermostat protector booster heater Notes 1 This wiring diagram applies to the EKSWW option 2 tm Field wiring Protective earth screw Terminal strip 3 BLK Black YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRN Green 4 Please refer to the EKSWW 0V3 Z2 option manual for more installation details Part 1 System Outline 1 107 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams for EKHWS150 300 V3 Z2 amp EKHWSU150 300 V3 iagram D iring W 6 13 The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the domestic hot water tank Wiring diagram XO8HOLIMS Ay 47 ee 1 T MIN 8 ma nd m 6 8 5 HLIM LAVMHTOS I3 XO8HOLIMS XOSHILIMS XO8HOLIMS
14. Altherma This chapter contains the following wiring diagrams Topic See page 6 2 Wiring Diagram for 016 1 86 6 3 Wiring Diagram for EKHBH X 016AB3V3 1 88 6 4 Wiring Diagram for EKHBH X 016AA6V3 1 90 6 5 Wiring Diagram for EKHBH X 016AB6V3 1 92 6 6 Wiring Diagram for EKHBH X 016AA6T1 9T1 1 94 6 7 Wiring Diagram for 016 6 1 9 1 1 96 6 8 Wiring Diagram for EKHBH X 016AA6WN 9WN 1 98 6 9 Wiring Diagram for EKHBH X 016ABeWN 9WN 1 100 6 10 Wiring Diagram for ERHQ011 016AAV3 1 102 6 11 Wiring Diagram for ERHQO11 016AAW 1 1 104 6 12 Wiring Diagram for EKSWW150 300V3 Z2 1 106 6 13 Wiring Diagram for EKHWS150 300 V3 Z2 amp EKHWSU150 300 V3 1 108 6 14 Wiring Diagram for EKSWWU150 300V3 1 110 6 15 Wiring Diagram for EKHWE150 300 V3 Z2 1 112 6 16 Wiring Diagram for EKRTR EKRTW 1 114 Part 1 System Outline 1 85 ESIE08 01 for EKHBH X 016AA3V3 The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit Woe 824 asn pous uondo SANMMSY 104 m 2 JON ees 18150 19 voe gi uondo A MMS 3 esnj Jayeay 9199 9 404 H Ha uondo MMS I3 uel Buljooo Buneeu
15. 5 12 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly ESIE08 01 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 2 9 Removal of Compressor Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off Step Procedure Points m Recover the refrigerant m sure to remove the Refer to point column compressor only after the m Remove the front panel 2 5 is completely and the front piping cover Stop valve bracket mounting l 1 Unscrew the five screws piate m Terminal block that fix the stop valve mounting plate and then remove this mounting lo blue plate piping U red b TT P V white Leet Liquid piping N J amp Ne Compressor L lead wire a 2 Remove the gas piping Terminal cover and the liquid piping 3 Remove the compressor terminal cover 2 4 Disconnect the lead wires from the terminal block 5 Loosen the two strings and then pull out the sound insulation of the compressor m One out of the nuts that fix the compressor is located outside of the partition panel 6 Unfasten to remove the three nuts that fix the compressor Refer to point column Cutting point suction pipe 7 Cutthe suction pipe and the di
16. 3 refrigerant recovery unit to perform refrigerant recovery For a refrigerant recovery port refer to the installation manual Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 33 Field settings ESIE08 01 4 Upon completion of refrigerant recovery turn OFF refrigerant recovery mode by taking the following steps or turning OFF the power of outdoor unit Operating procedure H1P H4P H5P H6P H7P Push the SET BS2 button 28 times to set the LED display as shown in the table on the right 51 Wee Push the RETURN BS3 button once Present settings are displayed 2 Push the SET BS2 button once to set the LED display as shown the table on the right 2 9 9 Push the RETURN BS3 button once to make a decision When the RETURN 53 button is pushed once again the electronic expansion valve fully opens For RZQ KTLT the solenoid valve also closes 1 If you become unsure how many times you have pushed the button push the MODE BS1 button once to return to Setting mode 1 and start the operating procedure all over again 4 34 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings Monitor mode In this mode the following items can be checked by using
17. service door te Ut CLOSED 361 OPEN 553 1 1 4 MALE BSP Installation and See page 1 28 service space Part 1 System Outline 1 7 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 Components The table below contains the different components of the unit No Component 1 Pump switch for speed setting 2 Remocon 3 Water IN connection 1 1 4 M BSP 4 Water OUT connection 1 1 4 M BSP 5 Power supply intake domestic hot water tank 6 Air purge 7 Expansion vessel 7a nipple 7b drain 8 Blow off valve 9 Blow off drain flexible hose 920 10 Pressure gauge 11 Waterfilter 12 Suction pipe connection 15 9 flare connection 13 Liquid pipe connection 49 52 flare connection 14 Shut off valves with drain fill valve accessory delivered with unit 15 Holes for fixation 16 Switchbox terminals 17 Switchbox terminals option domestic hot water tank 18 Wallbracket 1 8 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 5 EKHBX016A Outlook and Dimensions The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm Outlook and dimensions FIXATION VIEWA 89 SCALE 1 5
18. 2 13 1 10 Pump Down And Forced Defrost Operation 2 14 1 11 een 2 15 1 12 Freeze Prevention Function 2 17 1 13 Crankcase Heater 4 4 0 01 2 18 2 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 1 What Is in This Chapter sse 2 19 2 2 Hydro box Pump Blockage Prevention Control 2 20 2 3 Hydro box Pump Operation Control eee 2 21 2 4 Defrost control ai eter eie e eus 2 23 2 5 Gooling operatior 2 1 Ee pre i cree ind 2 24 2 6 Heating operatlOn eerie aeri iR 2 25 2 7 H P hot water heating operation 2 26 2 8 H P hot water heating priority function 2 27 2 9 Booster heater operation 4 44 2 28 2 10 Backup heater 2 29 2 11 Emergency operation coii cb tbe estis te t een iet 2 81 3 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 1 What Is in This Chapter seems 2 33 3 2 Eunction O tlirie EUR 2 34 3 3 Frequency Regulating Functions 2 2 37 3 4 Expansion Valve Regulating Functions 2 52 3 5 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control 2 2 56 Table of Contents ESIE08 0
19. gt During Setting mode 1 the lamp is always OFF Test operation display In normal operation O In test operation Check the system for each condition through LED displays Refer to information in table on the right Normal O Malfunction Q In line inspection operation Malfunction display Low noise operation display Normal operation O Low noise Active 4 32 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings Setting mode 2 In this mode settings for the following items can be made by using BS buttons Push and hold the MODE BS1 button for 5 seconds and set to Setting mode lt Selection of setting conditions gt 2 Push the SET BS2 button and set to the setting condition you want Push the RETURN BS3 button and Selection of setting items decide the condition Push the SET BS2 button and set the LED display to a setting item shown in the table on the right l Push the RETURN BS3 button and Push the RETURN BS3 button and decide the item The present setting set to the initial status of Setting mode condition is blinked 2 f you become unsure of how to proceed push the MODE BS1 button and return to setting mode 1 Display of setti
20. KE wen 21 Neg z m 7 NI Na 1 Nua XOBHOLIMS Om ii ie 4 t J Ha 9 5 XO8HOLIMS 8 5 EE 6 8 5 HLIM 5 Part 1 System Outline 1 108 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend E4H Booster heater F2B Fuse booster heater F2U Fuse 250V K3M Contactor booster heater L Line N Neutral Q2L Thermal protector 1 domestic hot water tank Q2T Thermostat protector 1 domestic hot water tank Q3L Thermal protector 2 domestic hot water tank Q3T Thermostat protector 2 domestic hot water tank X2M X4M Terminal strip X5M X8M Terminal block Y1S Solenoid valve Notes 1 aix Field wiring Protective earth Terminal strip Field wiring BRN Wire colour 2 BLK Black YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRN Green RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink VIO Violet GRY Grey ORG Orange 3 For more installation details please refer to the relevant installation manual Part 1 System Outline 1 109 Wiring Diagrams ESIE08 01 6 14 Wiring Diagram for EKSWWU1
21. Replace the inverter PC Board A2P ERHQ W1 Is the inverter output voltage generated approximately at the same NO increasing speed on each Replace the inverter PC board A1P phase after turning When operating compressor ERHQ V3 on again with compressor output line Replace the inverter PC Board A2P U V V W disconnected the compressor ERHQ W1 W U stops due to malfunction after elapsed time of 5 seconds Therefore check the voltage increase for 5 seconds YES gt Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for abnormal noises vibration operating status etc of the compressor See also Check No 11 Outdoor unit Check for Power Transistor on page 3 115 Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 84 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 17 LC Malfunction of Transmission system Between Control PCB and Inverter PCB Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes r 771 Checks and sees whether transmission between control inverter PC board is carried out normally When the transmission is not carried out in a specified period of time or longer Incorrect transmission wiring between control and inverter PC board insufficient cont
22. ej dns pe ener on 1 OV andur 0 eioN eos uodo uondo 104 LOIN 99g sajem yoy t EA nSMHo 104 L8IoN eos uondo saem 104 oysawop D ai T WX WA gt gt Z ALON 335 lt lt ZH0S NL AlddN S HAMOd Part 1 System Outline 1 92 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P Main PCB M2S 2 way valve for cooling mode A2P User interface PCB M3S 3 way valve floorhe
23. Fuse Size Not applicable Phase Not applicable For power supply Quantity Not applicable Remark Not applicable For connection with Quantity Not applicable nae Remark Not applicable Minimum 10 Maximum 10 indoor unit Part 1 System Outline 1 45 Specifications ESIE08 01 2 8 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKRTW EKRTR Technical The table below contains the technical specifications specifications Specification EKRTW EKRTR EKRTETS Thermostat Receiver Dimensions Packing Height mm 65 70 45 Width mm 175 200 75 Depth mm 100 140 75 Unit Height mm 87 87 170 3 m wire length Width mm 125 125 50 Depth mm 34 34 28 Weight of unit Net weight g 215 210 125 65 Gross weight g 440 665 80 Weight of packing Material Carton Carton Carton Carton Weight g 55 85 15 Ambient temperature Storage 20 60 20 60 20 60 20 60 Operation C 0 50 0 50 0 50 0 50 Temperature setpoint range heating C 4 37 4 37 Temperature setpoint range cooling C 4 37 4 37 Temperature setting resolution C 0 5 0 5 Clock Yes Yes Regulation function Proportional Features Heating only Yes Yes Heating and cooling Yes Yes Comfort function mode comfort setpoint Yes Yes Reduced function mode night setbac
24. Topic See page 1 2 ERHQ011 016AAV3 Outlook and Dimensions 1 4 1 3 ERHQ011 016AAW1 Outlook and Dimensions 1 5 1 4 EKHBHO016A Outlook and Dimensions 1 7 1 5 EKHBX016A Outlook and Dimensions 1 9 1 6 EKSWW150 300V3 Z2 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 11 1 7 EKHWS150 300 V3 Z2 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 13 1 8 EKHWE150 300V3 Z2 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 15 1 9 EKSWWU150 300V3 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 17 1 10 EKHWSU150 300V3 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 19 1 11 EKSOLHWAV 1 EKHWS Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 21 1 12 EKSOLHWAV1 EKHWSU Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 22 1 13 EKRTW Outlook and Dimensions 1 25 1 14 ERHQ011 016AAV3 W1 Installation and Service Space 1 26 1 15 EKHBH X 0016AA Installation and Service Space 1 28 1 16 Physical Limitations and Limits of Operation 1 29 1 17 EKHBDP Drainpan Kit Necessity 1 31 Part 1 System Outline 1 3 General Outline Altherma
25. 1 124 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 PCB Layout Control amp inverter The picture below shows the PCB connectors PCB A1P F3U F4U X9A X8A X4A X5A a L31A L21A X17A N1A X13A L11A X11A X12A EN ls 51 _ C E 1 E1 m p ST 4 Y 94 4 gt P 7 SN 1 4c X21A WS JJ Wd c j 4 lt 5 t d k E TI N so 29 E om ii F5U EIN F2U FU E X25A L1A L2A L3A NA F6U X803A X77A X27A 28 Part 1 System Outline 1 125 PCB Layout ESIE08 01 Connectors The table below describes the PCB connectors Connector Connected Description X9A X109A On Inverter PCB Diode module fan motor X8A X108A On Inverter PCB PS Module X803A X1M 1 2 3 Towards Hydrobox X77A For Optional PCB X6A For Optional PCB X5A X105A On Inverter PCB X51A Connector for spare capacity adaptor X4A X104A On Inverter PCB X41A X28A E1HC Crankcase heater X27A Y3S Liquid Injection Valve X25A Y1S 4 way valve X21A 1 Expansion valve X17A S1NPH Pressure sensor X13A R6T Liquid thermistor X12A R2T R5T Discharge Suction HEX HEX middle thermistor X11A R1T Ambient thermistor N1A N1B On Noise filter A3P L31A L31B On Noise filter A3P L21A L21B On Noise fil
26. 1 2 2 Initial Start up at Low Outdoor Ambient Temperatures Unit with optional During initial start up or after a long period of standstill and when water temperature is low it is backup heater important that the water is heated gradually Failure to do so may result in cracking of concrete floors due to rapid temperature change To do so the lowest leaving water set temperature can be decreased to a value between 15 and 25 by adjusting the field setting 9 01 heating set point lower limit Refer to Field settings on page 4 9 Note Heating between 15 and 25 is performed by the backup heater only This feature is not available on units without a backup heater 4 4 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Pre Test Run Checks 1 2 3 Checks before Initial Start up Warning Check off the power supply before making any connections Procedure After the installation of the unit check the following before switching on the circuit breaker 1 Field wiring Make sure that the field wiring between local supply panel and hydro box outdoor unit and hydro box hydro box and valves when applicable hydro box and room thermostat when applicable and hydro box and domestic hot water tank has been carried out according to the instructions described in the chapter Field settings on page 4 9 according to the wiring diagrams and according to European and national regulations Fuses o
27. o y 922 916 LJ 668 Y 3 91 S i DIMENSIONS WALL BRACKET 42 Scale 1 5 n 297 53 10 1 163 11 10 107 107 14 469 4 R Q DIMENSIONS WALL BRACKET 19 1 163 2 c 895 916 922 936 Omi e 17 service door Bs CLOSED 361 OPEN 553 E 1 1 4 MALE BSP Installation and See page 1 28 service space Part 1 System Outline General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 Components The table below contains the different components of the unit No Component 1 Pump switch for speed setting 2 Remocon 3 Water IN connection 1 1 4 M BSP 4 Water OUT connection 1 1 4 M BSP 5 Power supply intake domestic hot water tank 6 Air purge 7 Expansion vessel 7a nipple 7b drai
28. 2 52 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 4 4 Expansion Valve Control at Startup Outline Before going to the general expansion valve control the expansion valve opening will be limited in order to avoid the risk of liquid back and allow quick build up of pressure difference Details During startup the opening degree is determined by both the compressor frequency amp the suction superheat During startup it is not possible to use only the value of the suction superheat because the operation is not stable yet As a consequence also the SH value will not be stable Graph Pressure Pressure Starting equalizing equalizing control start complete complete Pressure equalizing control before Starting compressor start control i gt o Cooling or i Heating 25 C 65 pls i Electronic Heating gt 25 ae expansion valve 480 pls Ending condition The starting control will be terminated when the low pressure value 6 bar or when the maximum starting time of 10 minutes has been reached in case the low pressure value stays 6 bar Part 2 Functional Description 2 53 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 4 2 General Expansion Valve Control Outline Details Control Calculations After the start up control function has been terminated the general expansion valve contro
29. NOXTIO 10 10 L uuee N 1 21 ETINEX 6 2 S cXOp U0L S 1xop WO L gt 6 2 1 21 ETIATX sued jeuondo AOEZ 10 ME Alddns 1ewod 1e1eeu 1e1s00q Ajddns jeuondo yee AO z 10 AOOF Nvl6 9 lt 1ewod Jayeay dnyoeq Hes N TINTX LINN sued pyepuels 8100 GJO yea 40 AOEz 1 1ewod jun Kjddns samod 1 55 Part 1 System Outline Functional Diagrams ESIE08 01 Outdoor units hydro box hydro box water side Hot cold water side 3 5 Pipe Connection Diameters The table below contains the refrigerant pipe connection diameters Model Gas pipe flare Liquid pipe flare ERHQ011AAV3 W1 15 9 mm 9 52 mm ERHQ014AAV3 W1 ERHQ016AAV3 W1 The table below contains the refrigerant pipe connection diameters EKHWS U 300 Model Gas pipe flare Liquid pipe flare EKHBHO016A 15 9 mm 9 52 mm EKHBX016A The table below contains the water inlet outlet connection diameters Model Inlet pipe Outlet pipe EKHBHO016A 1 1 4 inch 1 1 4 inch EKHBX016A MBSP V EKSWW U 150 3 4 inch 3 4 inch EKSWW U 200 FBSP nee EKSWW U 300 EKH
30. pee SSS i wax AVMHIOSH3 30 LINN HOOG1nO Aldd NS i vopoeuuco dund 5 i TET gt gt Z ILON 33S lt lt Part 1 System Outline 1 100 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P Main PCB M2S 2 way valve for cooling mode A2P User interface PCB M3S 3 way valve floorheating domestic hot water A3P Thermostat PC power circuit PHC1 Optocoupler input circuit A4P Solar remote alarm PCB Q1L Thermal protector backup heater E1H E3H Backup heater element 1 3 Q2L Q3L Thermal protector 1 2 booster heater E4H Booster heater 3kW Q1DI Earth leakage protector F1B Fuse backup heater RIT Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor F2B Fuse booster heater R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor FAT Thermal fuse backup heater R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor FU1 Fuse 3 15A T 250 V for PCB R4T Inlet water thermistor FU2 Fuse 5A T 250V for pump R5T Domestic hot water thermistor FuS FuR Fuse 5A 250V for solar remote alarm PCB S1L Flowswitch K1M K2M Contactor backup heater step 1 2 S1S Solar pumpstation relay K3M Contactor booster heater 551 Dip switch K4M Pump relay TR1 Transformer 24 V for PCB K5M Contactor for backup heater all pole X1M X9M Terminal strips disconnection K7M Relay for solar pump V1S V2S Spark suppr
31. ESIE08 01 Introduction 1 4 2 Refrigerant Cylinders Cylinder m The cylinder is painted refrigerant color pink specifications m The cylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube Cylinder Siphon tube Note Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in upright position Caution Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging since it causes refrigerant in gas state to enter the system Handling of 1 Laws and regulations cylinders R410A is liquefied gas and the High Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in handling them Before using refer to the High Pressure Gas Safety Law The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents with high pressure gases Be sure to follow the regulations 2 Handing of vessels Since R410A is high pressure gas it is contained in high pressure vessels Although those vessels are durable and strong careless handling can cause damage that can lead to unexpected accidents Do not drop vessels let them fall apply impact or roll them on the ground 3 Storage Although R410A is not flammable it must be stored in a well ventilated cool and dark place in the same way as any other high pressure gases It should also be noted that high pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that releases gas when the ambient temperature reaches more than a certain level fusible plug melts and when the pressure exceeds a certain level sp
32. Ie ee ee an 1 4 Discharge Pipe Temperature 1 1 41 7 43 4 2 44 Discharge Pipe Temperature Protection 2 55 E Index i ESIE08 01 ED rue hoy ena ap adi eet i ee eta n Nm inns dao da reden 3 60 y EE grag aed see eect 3 62 EG cooks irse eitis atia c sic latter sua sealant nis Relates Bader atte ds 3 65 EC aun pene oe are RUCATU ING SE Oe E ake E A E eee eb Ea dares 3 52 EEPROM G s rto ted pras masses Ur a e E M e E tna e o 3 42 electrical specifications 1 33 error codes hydro bOX os ees ele te ed RR RA ER ded RU dues Red Pac ARR RR aie e 3 41 Outdoor rexit 3 53 OVI MIC W crete D EAD PUO Apc 3 28 System malf nctions cease a re a ead 3 91 evaluation abnormal high 3 110 abnormal low pressure 3 111 Expansion Valve Control at 1 1 2 53 F EE EEE AETA A Pass di Aria Hs rene Rode s E E as aha esa
33. When cooling operation When heating operation gt Normal operation 4 Normal operation HP 36 3 bar lt 33 8 HP 373bar gf 3 68 Mpa 30 sec elapsed Compressor operation Compressor operation frequency 1 step 10 sec frequency 1 step 1 min Compressor operation frequency 62 Hz HP 37 3 bar HP 34 8 bar z HP gt 39 2 Bar Compressor operation Compressor operation OR HPS activates frequency 62 Hz gt frequency 1 step 5 min V Compressor stop HPS activates HP lt 35 8 bar HPS activates OR HP gt 392 bar for amp Stopped 16 times in 15 times or less 1 minute y 300 minutes Stopping in Y 300 minutes Compressor stop Malfunction stop E3 indication HPS activates OR Stopped 16 times in 300 minutes Malfunction stop E3 indication 15 times or less stopping in 300 minutes As the bearing resistance limit pressure decreases during low frequency of the compressor the lower limit of frequency i s restricted In cooling heating operation Normal operation Hp gt 3 04 V After 30 seconds lt 2 84 Compressor frequency lower limit 48Hz Part 2 Functional Description 2 43 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept
34. NO gt Replace the outdoor PC board A1P ERHQ W3 Replace the control PC board A1P ERHQ W1 gt Fan motor check Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 54 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 3 EJ Abnormal High Pressure Detected by the HPS Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes HPS settings LL The protection device circuit checks continuity in the high pressure switch When the high pressure switch is actuated Actuating pressure Faulty high pressure switch Disconnection in high pressure switch harness Faulty connection of high pressure switch connector Dirty outdoor unit heat exchanger Faulty outdoor unit fan Refrigerant overcharge Stop valve is left in closed Clogged hydro box suction filter in heating operation The table below contains the preset HPS values High pressure switch Open Close ERHQ011AAV3 4 0 Mpa 0 0 15 3 0 0 15 ERHQ014AAV3 ERHQ016AAV3 Fuse 6 3A 250V Part Troubleshooting 3 55 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Check the installation conditions Is the stop valve NO g
35. EKHWS300 V3 2 EKHWS200 Z2 2 EKHWS300 Z2 2 EKHWSU150AV3 3 EKHWSU200AV3 3 EKHWSU300AV3 3 EKHWSU150BV3 4 EKHWSU200BV3 4 EKHWSU300BV3 4 EKHWE150AV3 5 EKHWE200AV3 5 EKHWE300AV3 5 EKHWE200AZ2 5 EKHWE300AZ2 5 1 index for the factory mounted backup heater option 3 6V3 6 9 1 6 9WN 2 Domestic hot water tank stainless with extra connection for hot water recirculation m A without 3 way valve m with 3 way valve 3 Domestic hot water tank stainless special for UK market with extra connection for hot water recirculation Without 3 way valve 4 Domestic hot water tank stainless special for UK market with extra connection for hot water recirculation With 3 way valve 5 Domestic hot water tank enamel with extra connection for hot water recirculation With 3 way valve 6 EKUHWA is the substitute of EKUSWW Kit contains 2 way valve 2 way valve only required in combination with solar kit 7 EKUHWB doesn t contain 2 way valve In case solar kit is used 2 way valve is required EKUHW2WB has to be ordered additionally 8 Combination is possible but EKUHWB amp EKUHW2WB are always required 2 way valve is required no 3 way valve delivered with tank 9 Only for connection to solar 2 way valve is obligated 10 Only for connection to solar both EKUHWB amp EKUHW2WB are required 2 way valve is oblig
36. s LJ 062 ELE L TS 06 ozz 849 EKSOLHWAV1 EKHWSU150 1 22 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma Components The table below contains the different components of the unit No Components 1 Pump switch for speed setting 2 Heat exchanger 3 EPP casing 4 Non return valves No Connections Connection type 5 Inlet connection from solar pump station 3 4 F BSP 6 Return connection to solar pump station 3 4 F BSP 7 Inlet connection from Altherma indoor unit 3 4 F BSP 8 Return connection to Altherma indoor unit 3 4 F BSP 9 EKSOLHWAV1 return connection to the 3 4 F BSP domestic hot water tank heat exchanger 9a 200 3001 tank 9b 150 tank 10 EKSOLHWAV1 inlet connection from the 3 4 F BSP domestic hot water tank heat exchanger No Switchbox domestic hot water tank 11 Cable entry Altherma indoor unit 12 Cable entry Pump cable Accessories delivered with No Connection type EKSOLHWAV1 13 Thermistor socket thermistor solar pump sta tion internal diameter 6 1 mm 14 Adapter 3 4 M BSP 3 4 M BSP For EKSOLHWAV1 EKHWS
37. Remark The error detection monitor continues to indication the previously generated error until the power Switch is turned off Be sure to turn off the power switch after inspection Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 31 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 7 3 Troubleshooting by LED on the Outdoor Service PCB A2P Take the following steps to check contents of retry and malfunction To enter Monitor mode push the MODE BS1 button when in Setting mode 1 lt Selection of retry or malfunction item gt Push the SET BS2 button to set the LED display to retry or malfunction item Display of RETURN 1 gt When the RETURN BS3 button is pushed the LED display for RETURN 1 turns ON Display of RETURN 2 gt When SET BS2 display for RETURN 2 turns ON button is pushed the LED Display of RETURN 3 gt When SET BS2 display for RETURN 3 turns ON button is pushed the LED Push the RETURN BS3 button to return the System to the initial state of Monitor mode Pushing the MODE BS1 button will bring the system to the Setting mode 1 3 32 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting
38. z CI uxo LELSS ec ceas S 1 a F1 U we H 5 Q E NU sco 18 aE m NF O ail Qui LENO NA LA E Connectors The table below describes the PCB connectors Connector Connected to Description E X1M Via Z3C to X1M F1U Fuse 6 3A 250V LA NA X1M Power supply 1 230V LB NB LC MC Inverter and control PCB LF NF X801A Communication PCB Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 PCB Layout Communication The illustration below shows the PCB connectors PCB A4P X809A Z E X801A y gt s Cr amp y i E 7 X801A F3U 108214 L T ON 301 01 V O a INDOOR UNIT xBpsa X803A Connectors The table below describes the PCB connectors Connector Connected to Description X801A MF LF Noise filter PCB X803A W1M 1 2 3 To hydro box X809A A1P main Inverter and control PCB E3 X1M Earth F3U Fuse 6 3A 250V Part 1 System Outline 1 123 PCB Layout ESIE08 01 7 3 PCB Layout for ERHQ011 016AAW1 Control PCB A1P The illustration below shows the PCB connectors NE e vgex e vLex i eS 05527704 Y15 230212701 5430318821 31 5A 500V 315A 500 7j T 6 250V Lr m r uL C Enas TZHHTVLE SM ux ees t t n
39. Introduction This chapter will explain how the outdoor fan speed is determined in cooling and heating operation Content Topic See page 3 5 1 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control 2 57 2 56 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 5 1 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control Fan speed control The outdoor fan speed will be controlled in function of the actual outdoor ambient temperature the condensation pressure pressure difference between low and high pressure and compression ratio For details please refer to Pressure Difference Control Fan step table Cooling Heating Step M1F M2F M1F M2F 0 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm 1 250 rpm 0 rpm 250 rpm 0 rpm 2 400 rpm 0 rpm 285 rpm 250 rpm 3 285 rpm 250 rpm 335 rpm 300 rpm 4 360 rpm 325 rpm 395 rpm 360 rpm 5 445 rpm 410 rpm 470 rpm 435 rpm 6 545 rpm 510 rpm 560 rpm 525 rpm 7 660 rpm 625 rpm 660 rpm 625 rpm 8 850 rpm 815 rpm 842 rpm 807 rpm Part 2 Functional Description 2 57 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 2 58 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Part 3 Troubleshooting What is in this part This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 Troubleshooting 3 3 2 Error Codes Hydro box 3 41 3 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 53 4 Error Codes System Malfunctions 3 91 5 Additional Checks
40. Multiple row The illustration below shows the required installation and service space mm 1 Installing one unit per row 2 Installing multiple units 2 units or more in lateral connection per row Relation of dimensions of H A and L are shown in the table below L A L lt H 0 lt L lt 1 2H 250 1 2H lt L 300 H lt L Installation impossible Part 1 System Outline 1 27 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 1 15 EKHBH X 0016AA Installation and Service Space EKHBH X The illustration below shows the minimum service space for service and ventilation MINIMUM SPACE FOR SERVICE amp VENTILATION 307 S 300 SE SR 350 Center of gravity 1 28 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 16 Physical Limitations and Limits of Operation Distance between The illustrations and table below show the limitations components OUTDOOR G amp G lt gt Thermostat F amp F Hf Domestic INDOOR J hot tank D Heat emitters Allowable height Indoor Total system lt 30 m outdoor unit can be above or below the Indoor outdoor Piping Piping water Power supply Communication R410A A B D E F amp F G G H J ERHQ011AAV3 8 ERHQ014AAV3 8 pe 2 3m 10m dependon dependon dependon 12m depend
41. Part 2 Functional Description 2 23 Hydro box Functional Concept ESIE08 01 2 5 Remark Cooling operation Cooling condition ON When the water temperature zone gt zone B AT gt 0 No hot water heating priority instruction Cooling condition OFF When the water temperature zone zone A AT 1 Al Hot water heating priority instruction No hot water heating priority instruction When the water temperature zone zone B AT 0 el Hot water heating priority instruction AT outlet target Condition ON indicate that H P will operate in cooling mode Condition OFF indicate that H P will not operate in cooling mode 2 24 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 6 Heating operation Heating condition ON When the water temperature zone gt zone B AT gt 0 No hot water heating priority instruction Heating condition OFF When the water temperature zone zone A AT 1 el or Hot water heating priority instruction or al No hot water heating priority instruction When the water temperature zone gt zone B AT gt 0 Hot water heating priority instruction AT target outlet Remark Condition ON indicate that H P will operate in heating mode Condition OFF indicate that H P will not operate in heating mode Part 2 Functional Description 2 25 Hydro box Functional Concept ESIE08 01 2 7 H P hot w
42. Safety devices Standard accessories Standard accessories Heating only type Reversible type ERHQ011AAW1 ERHQ014AAW1 ERHQ016AAW1 ERHQ011AAW1 ERHQ014AAW1 ERHQ016AAW1 Heating Min 20 C DB Max 35 C DB Cooling Min 10 C DB Max 46 C DB Domestic hot water Min 20 C DB Max 43 C DB Heating 3 Sound power 64 dBA 64 dBA 66 dBA 64 dBA 64 dBA 66 dBA Sound pressure 1 51 dBA 51 dBA 52 dBA 51 dBA 51 dBA 52 dBA Cooling 4 Sound power 64 dBA 66 dBA 69 dBA 64 dBA 66 dBA 69 dBA Sound pressure 1 50 dBA 52 dBA 54 dBA Heating Sound pressure 42 dBA 42 dBA 43 dBA 42 dBA 42 dBA 43 dBA Cooling Sound pressure 45 dBA 45 dBA 46 dBA Type R410A Charge 2 95 kg Control Expansion valve electronic type Nr of circuits Type 1 Daphne FVC68D Charged volume Liquid Gas Drain Piping length 1 01 Quantity 1 Type Flare connection Diameter OD 9 52 mm Quantity 1 Type Flare connection Diameter OD 15 9 mm Quantity 4 Type Hole Diameter OD 3x26 1x18 Min 2 5m Max 75m Equivalent 95m Chargeless 10m Additional refrigerant charge See installation manual outdoor unit 4PW42025 1 Installation height difference max 30m Max interunit level difference Heat insulation Both liquid and gas pipes Pressure equalising Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature Inverter controlled High pressure swit
43. Troubleshooting 3 117 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 5 14 Check No 14 Check for Excessive Refrigerant Charging As criteria for judging whether refrigerant is excessively charged or not refer to the following operating conditions lt Diagnosis of excessive refrigerant charging gt In cooling operation 1 Because high pressure rises due to excessive charging overload control is carried out and capacity tends to run short Considering pressure load compressor discharge pipe temperature is low 3 Subcooled degree of condensate liquid becomes large Therefore temperature of blown air passing through subcooled part decreases in heating operation 3 118 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting 5 15 Check No 15 Check for Factors Causing Wet Operation Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis FTA shown below identify the faulty points Note Reference values for supreheat degree to be used in the judgement of wet operation 1 Suction pipe superheat degree 4 C or more 2 Discharge pipe superheat degree 5 C or less The values above must be used only for reference purposes Even it is operated within the range above operation may be normal in other conditions Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 119 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 3 120 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run
44. 0 05 0 02 0 01 m i i n LASS LIT WARS Tt DELLI TAY 2 VZAD LALAN ZZ ZALAS 0 1 AS 0 005 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 kg CC 0029167 RSS OCC I YT ASK 100119 KLIER JP ive 50 500 HFC 32 125 50 50 wtX ICA MIA 73023 RSS ems Dur Sere 1721 TE LA Lu vi mae 650 550 h k Pressure Enthalpy curves of AFc 32 1 25 50 50wt Introduction ESIE08 01 m Thermodynamic characteristic of R410A DAIREP ver2 0 Temperature Steam pressure Density Specific heat at constant Specific enthalpy Specific entropy kg m pressure kJ kgK KJ kg KJ KgK Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor Liquid Vapor 36 13 40 83 46 02 51 73 58 00 64 87 72 38 80 57 89 49 99 18 101 32 109 69 121 07 133 36 146 61 160 89 176 24 182 71 210 37 229 26 249 46 271 01 293 99 318 44 344 44 372 05 401 34 432 36 465 20 499 91 536 58 575 26 616 03 658 97 704 15 751 64 801 52 853 87 908 77 966 29 1026 5 1089 5 1155 4 1224 3 1296 2 1371 2 1449 4 1530 9 1615 8 1704 2 1796 2 1891 9 1991 3 2094 5 2201 7 2313 0 2428 4 2548 1 2672 2 2800 7 2933 7 3071 5 3214 0 3361 4 3513 8 3671 3 3834 1 4002 1 4175 7 4166 8
45. 1 75 Switch Box Layout for 016 1 76 Switch Box Layout for EKSWW P V3 Z2 1 78 Switch Box Layout for EKHWS V3 Z2 1 79 Switch Box Layout for EKSWWU V8 1 80 Switch Box Layout for 50 3 1 81 Switch Box Layout for EKHWE V3 Z2 1 82 Whats in This Ghapter ete ttd 1 85 Wiring Diagram for 016 1 86 Wiring Diagram for 016 1 88 Wiring Diagram for 016 6 1 90 Wiring Diagram for 016 6 1 92 Wiring Diagram for 016 6 1 1 94 Wiring Diagram for 016 6 1 1 96 Wiring Diagram for EKHBH X 016AA6WN 9WN nnn 1 98 Wiring Diagram for 016 6 1 100 Wiring Diagram for 011 016 3 44442 0001 1 102 Wiring Diagram for 11 016 1 1 104 Wi
46. 2 Heating Controlling the BUH operation thermostat ture after BUH ON OFF capacity control Liquid refrigerant tem IRST Cooling m Compressor frequency control target Te perature m Freeze up control Heating m Compressor frequency control target Tc m Hot start control m Peakcut OFF Inlet water temperature IRAT Heating Start up control BUH temperature drop prevention defrost m Freeze prevention control DHW temperature IR5T DHW m Controlling the H P BSH operation thermostat ON OFF DHW priority instruction Part 2 Functional Description 2 5 General Functionality ESIE08 01 1 3 Forced Operating Mode Emergency Operation Purpose The table below describes the purpose of the forced operating mode If Then m R C is defective Forced operating mode can be used to go to cooling or m Indoor PC board is defective heating In forced operating mode the compressor is m Outdoor PC board is defective forced to operate until the defective indoor or outdoor PC board is back online Starting conditions You can operate the system manually by changing the emergency switch on the outdoor PC board from normal to emergency When the system is operating in emergency it can not control the water temperature Compressor will operate with fixed capacity request The outdoor unit must be set to emergency while the power is off Ending conditions You can end the eme
47. Freeze prevention Reset conditions In order to avoid formation of ice on the hydro box heat exchanger in cooling mode the system automatically starts up a freeze prevention cycle when a number of specific conditions are fulfilled Freeze prevention start decided by the hydro box When start condition is met the compressor will be forced stopped for a minimum of three minutes After three minutes forced stop the compressor operation permission will be released in case the outlet water temperature gt outlet water setpoint 3 C Outlet water temperature lt 6 C m Evaporating temperature lt 3 C Continuously for 2 minutes Evaporating temperature lt 5 e Compressor frequency lt 52Hz Continuously for 30 seconds and OR jand Outlet water temperature lt 3 Part 2 Functional Description 2 17 General Functionality ESIE08 01 1 13 Heater Control Outline After the compressor has been turned off the crankcase heater control will be activated in order to avoid refrigerant from dissolving in the compressor oil Trigger conditions ON OFF 1 I 3 70 C 75 Discharge pipe temperature 2 18 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 1 What Is in This Chapter
48. Moves to Stop or Starting control after completion of Restart standby Part 2 Functional Description General Functionality ESIE08 01 1 6 Automatic Restart Purpose The purpose of the auto restart function is to automatically resume the same operating mode as when the unit was operating when the power supply is restored after a power failure Do not use the Automatic Restart function to daily start stop the unit Precautions when m When you have to turn OFF the power supply in order to carry out maintenance make sure to turn turning OFF power the remote control s ON OFF switch OFF firstly m If you turn OFF the power supply while the remote control s ON OFF switch is still ON the automatic restart function automatically starts the hydro box pump immediately and the outdoor unit fan starts automatically 3 minutes after the power supply is turned back ON m Donotstart stop the unit by disconnecting the power supply Stop the unit by stop commando from the remote controller or optional controller before disconnecting the power supply Be sure that the compressor and the outdoor fans are stopped before disconnecting the power supply so the Refrigerant Recovery function has been finished correctly m When restarting the unit after the power was disconnected for a longer period leave the unit OFF with the power supply connected for about half an hour See Crankcase Heater Control 2 10 Part 2 Fun
49. Supposed causes r m Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases abnormally due to faulty heat dissipation Activation of fin thermal switch Faulty fin thermistor High outside air temperature Insufficient cooling of inverter radiation fin Blocked suction opening Dirty radiation fin Faulty outdoor inverter PCB Part Troubleshooting 3 77 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Can it be considered that the fin ur Eliminate the cause emperature was high 4 connector of the fin NO thermistor correctly connected to Connect correctly the outdoor PC board 4 Check the resistance value of the thermistor according to the Troubleshooting P4 Does the alfunction code L4 recur Replace the outdoor PC board when the unit starts MP ERHQ V32 operation 2 Replace the inverter PC board A2P ERHQ W1 Continue operation Fin temperature detection value Detection Reset ERHQ 011 014 016 AAV3 88 C 78 C ERHQ 011 016 AAW1 88 C 85 C Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 78 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 44 L5 DC Output Overcurrent Instantaneous Remote
50. the fixing section of the liquid pipe thermis tor to pull out this ther mistor The heat exchanger s distribution pipe thermistor heat exchanger s intermediate temperature thermistor and liquid pipe thermistor are jointed together with a single connector Consequently these three thermistors should be replaced at the same time Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly 5 11 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 ESIE08 01 2 8 Removal of Four Way Valve Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off Step Procedure Points m Recover the refrigerant m Besure to remove the four way valve only after the refrigerant m According to the procedure is completely recovered for the removal related to the outside panel remove the front panel 2 and the side panel m According to the procedure for the removal of switch box remove the switch box 1 Unscrew the one screw that fixes the coil for the four way valve and then remove this coil Four way valve 2 Remove brazing from the four places and then remove the four way valve Refer to point column m To prevent the four way valve Coil for four from exceeding a temperature way valve of 120 C conduct brazing Brazing work while cooling the valve with wet cloths or else
51. transistor Measure the continuity in the following procedure Judgment Normal if the continuity check results in the following Power transistor on inverter PC board SP Qu d e Io P U Continuity U P V Continuity x V P P W Continuity W P U P U V P P V W P P W e fO oo oo oo Continuity Continuity Continuity S2678 If there is continuity the resistance should be the same as each phase If a digital tester is used for the measurement of continuity and continuity may be reversed Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 115 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 5 13 Check No 13 Check for Inadequate Refrigerant As criteria for judging whether refrigerant is inadequate or not refer to the following operating conditions lt Diagnosis of inadequate refrigerant gt In cooling operation 1 2 As suction superheat degree increases due to gas shortage the electronic expansion valve tends to open opens fully in order to avoid overheat operation In response to decreased evaporator capacity caused by gas shortage capacity is controlled in the inverter in order to maintain low pressure which results in a decrease in frequency Because of 1 and 2 above the compressor frequency decreases despite a large difference large load between temperature set by the remote controller and i
52. uondo A MMS I3 104 LON 88g yue MHA uondo A MMS I3 10 ABD ex gt gt ALON 335 lt lt 2 05 062 6 Part 1 System Outline 1 94 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P Main PCB 2 User interface M2S 2 way valve for cooling mode Thermostat field supply PC power circuit M3S 3 way valve floorheating domestic hot water E1H Backup heater element 1 611 2KW 9T1 3kW Q1L Thermal protector backup heater E2H Backup heater element 2 611 2kW 9T1 3kW Q2L Thermal protector booster heater Backup heater element 3 611 2kW 9T1 3kW Q1DI Earth leakage protector E4H Booster heater 3kW R1T A1P Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor F1B Fuse backup heater R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor F2B Fuse booster heater R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor F1T Thermal fuse backup heater R4T Inlet water thermistor FU1 Fuse 3 15A T 250 V for PCB R5T Domestic hot water thermistor FU2 Fuse 5A T 250V for pump S1L Flowswitch K1M K2M Contactor backup heater step 1 2 TR1 Transformer 24 V for PCB K3M Contactor booster heater X1M X4M Terminal strips K4M Pump relay V1S V2S Spark suppression 1 2 K5M Contactor for backup heater all pole disconnection Notes 1 This wiring diagra
53. 1 Unscrew the four screws that fix the air discharge grille and disengage the four hooks at the top and bottom of the grille and then remove this air dis charge grille 2 Unfasten the fan lock nut that fixes the propeller fan Remove the fan motor m Remove the front panel 1 accordance with the Removal Procedure for Outside Panels 1 Remove the connector X206A X207A for fan motor from the PC board 2 Cut the cable tie of lead wires located on the reverse side of the stop valve mounting plate 3 Pull out the lead wires through the opening of the partition panel and then unclamp the three clamps Note that the partition plate has three hooks 4 Unfastening the four lock from the fan motor ena bles the removal of this motor Hooks Fan motor lt Fan lock nut Front pane Discharge grille Upper motor connector red Lower motor connector white Clamps 3 pcs Stop valve mounting plate Opening of partition panel In order to disconnect the connector do not pull the lead wire Hold the connector part and then push the hooks Lead wire Propeller fan Cautions in mounting the motor Be sure to fix the motor lead wire with a clamp Not heeding this caution will cause the entanglement of the lead wire arou
54. 4 29 Table of Contents ESIE08 01 Test Run and Operation Data 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 Part 5 Operation Range 11 016 4 38 Operation Range 11 016 1 4 40 External Static Pressure 4 42 Maintenance and Disassembly 1 Maintenance 1 1 What Is in This 5 3 1 2 5 OR GRE 5 4 2 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 2 1 Whats ini This Chapter einean tene cipe beides 5 5 2 2 Removal of Outside 1 5 6 2 3 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan 5 7 2 4 Removaliof Switch ecd eae IUE 5 8 2 5 Removal of PC 5 9 2 6 Removal of Pressure Sensor Electronic Expansion Valve and Others 5 10 2 7 Removal of Thermistor sesssssssssssssesseeenene ener nnne 5 11 2 8 Removal of Four Way 5 12 2 9 Removal of Compressor esssssseeeeeneeeneeeneen nere 5 13 6 Table of Contents ESIE08 01 Introduction 1 Introduction 1 1 About This Manual Target group This service manual is intended for and should only be used by qualified engineers Purpose of this This service manual contains al
55. K1M K2M Magnetic contactor Electronic expansion valve K1R A1P Magnetic relay Y1S Y1S Solenoid valve 4 way valve A2P Magnetic relay Y3S Solenoid valve K2R A1P Magnetic relay Y2S Z1C Z9C Noise filter K3R A1P Magnetic relay E1HC Z1F Z4F Noise filter L1R L3R Reactor Q1DI Earth Leakage protector L4R Reactor for outdoor fan motor Optional connector M1C Motor compressor X6A connector M1F Motor fan upper X77A connector Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the outdoor unit 2 L Live N Neutral m Field wiring 3 Terminal strip Connector Terminal Protective earth screw Connection Noiseless earth Relay connector Refer to the option manual for connecting wiring to and X77A Refer to the wiring diagram sticker on back of front plate on how to use BS1 BS4 and DS1 switch Do not operate the unit by short circuiting protection device S1PH Colours BLU Blue Brown GRN Green RED Red WHT White YLW Yellow ORG Orange BLK Black O 8 Confirm the method of setting the selector switches DS1 by service manual Factory setting of all switches OFF 9 Option Wiring dependent on model el zi m ie i Part 1 System Outline 1 105 Wiring Diagrams ESIE08 01 6 12 Wiring Diagram for EKSWW150 300V3 Z2 Wiring diagram The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the domestic hot water tank
56. TR1 Transformer 220V 24V 13 14 Input Thermal protector Back up heater via 5 con tact X4A S1L Flowswitch X5A A1P Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor X6A R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor 7 R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor X8A R4T Inlet water thermistor X9A R5T DHW thermistor DHW option X10A VRV checker connection X11A K1M Contactor backup heater step 1 X12A K2M Contactor backup heater step 2 X13A K3M Contactor booster heater X14A K7M EKSOLHWAV1 pump relay X15A K4M 2 Pump relay X16A M3S X2M 9 10 3 way valve floorheating DHW X17A PCB A3P X2M 1 2 3 4 Room thermostat EKRTR EKRTW X18A PCB A2P Remote controller PCB X19A ERHQ X1M 1 2 3 Terminal nr X1M 1 2 3 internal wiring to outdoor X20A M2S X2M 5 6 7 2 way valve for cooling X21A Q2L X2M 13 14 Thermal protector booster heater X33A EKRP1HB CN2 Option EKSOLHWAV1 alarm operation signal X40A Not applicable not in use X60A Not applicable not in use X61A Not applicable not in use FU1 Fuse 3 15A 250V for PCB HAP Indication CPU Power supply Part 1 System Outline 1 131 PCB Layout ESIE08 01 1 132 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Part 2 Functional Description What is in this part This part contains information on the functions used to control the system Understanding these functions is vital when diagnosing a malfunct
57. What in this part This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 Run Checks 4 3 2 Field settings 4 9 3 Test Run and Operation Data 4 37 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 1 ESIE08 01 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Pre Test Run Checks 1 Pre Test Run Checks 1 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains the following information m Checks before test run m Test run checks Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 1 2 Checks before Test Run 4 4 1 8 Test Run Operation Manual 4 7 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 3 Pre Test Run Checks ESIE08 01 1 2 Checks before Test Run Introduction This chapter will show an overview of all checks before test run Content Topic See page 1 2 1 General procedure 4 4 1 2 2 Initial Start up at Low Outdoor Ambient Temperatures 4 4 1 2 3 Checks before Initial Start up 4 5 1 2 4 Powering up the Hydro box 4 6 1 2 5 MINIMUM water volume in the installation 4 6 1 2 1 General procedure Before carrying out a test run proceed as follows Step Action 1 Make sure the voltage at the primary side of the safety breaker is m 230 V 10 for 1 phase units m 400 V 10 for 3 phase units 2 Fully open the liquid and the gas stop valve
58. drying and then add proper amount refrigerant Is the refrigerant overcharged Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum drying and then add proper amount refrigerant In heating operation Check items Possible causes Judgment Is the hydro box heat exchanger clogged Visual inspection Is there clogging before or after the EV Check if there is a temperature difference capillary before and after EV capillary Check if the main valve unit of EV operates by noise vibration Is the check valve clogged Check if there is a temperature difference before and after check valve If YES the check valve is caught Is the HPS normal Check continuity using a tester Is the piping length 5 meters or less Visual inspection Does air enter the refrigerant system Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum drying and then add proper amount refrigerant Is the refrigerant overcharged Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum drying and then add proper amount refrigerant 3 110 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting 5 8 In cooling operation In heating operation Check No 7 Evaluation of Abnormal Low Pressure Abnormally low pressure level is mostly caused by the evaporator side The following contents are provided based on field checking of service engineer Further the number is listed in the order of degree of
59. 5 2 Switch Box Layout for ERHQ011 016AAV3 The illustration below shows the outdoor switch box layout Item Description A1P Printed circuit board control A2P Printed circuit board service Printed circuit board noise filter A4P Printed circuit board communication X1M Terminal strip 1 72 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Switch Box Layout 5 3 Switch Box Layout for ERHQ011 016AAW1 FRONT The illustration below shows the outdoor switch box layout A2P Inverter PCB A1P Control PCB X1M A2P inverter PCB A1P Control PCB X1M Item Description Printed circuit board control A2P Printed circuit board inverter X1M Terminal strip Part 1 System Outline 1 73 Switch Box Layout ESIE08 01 BACK The illustration below shows the outdoor switch box layout A8P Noise filter PCB I A2P Inverter PCB L4R Reactor L4R Reactor Item Description A2P Printed circuit board inverter Printed circuit board noise filter L4R Reactor Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Switch Box Layout 5 4 Switch Box Layout for EKHBH X 016A The illustration below shows the switch box layout Item Description K1M Contactor backup heater step 1 K2M Contactor back
60. 8 45 pli gts TE u 314 JY H Ji SU Un 43 378 191 Installation and See page 1 26 service space Part 1 System Outline 1 5 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 Components The table below contains the different components of the unit No Component Gas pipe connection 15 9 flare Liquid pipe connection 49 5 flare Service port in the unit Electronic and Grounding terminal M5 in switch box Refrigerant piping intake Power supply wiring intake knock out hole 034 Control wiring intake knock out hole 27 NI oJ A AJ wy N Drain outlet 1 6 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 4 EKHBHO016A Outlook and Dimensions Outlook and The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm dimensions FIXATION 89 173 173 11 5 8 1 15 OOH 4 s ub 15 57 a 18 N o 502 VIEW S 1 5 107 107 4 469 DIMENSIONS WALL BRACKET 24 163 10 9 e 4 9 895 916 922 936 9 FI
61. 901 a vee me J00p no ASLLHd a3 ike LII d NOWdO 4 N84 The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit Wiring diagram Part 1 System Outline 1 104 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P Printed circuit board M2F Motor fan lower A2P Printed circuit board inverter PS Switching power supply Printed circuit board noise filter R1 R4 Resistor BS1 BS4 Push button switch 1 Thermistor air C1 C4 Capacitor R2T Thermistor discharge DS1 Dip switch R3T Thermistor suction E1HC Crankcase heater R4T Thermistor heat exchanger E1H Bottomplate heater R5T Thermistor heat exchanger middle F1U F2U Fuse 31 5A 250V R6T Thermistor liquid F3U F6U Fuse T 6 3A 250V R7T Thermistor fin F7U Fuse T 5 0A 250V S1NPH Pressure sensor F8U F9U Fuse T 1 0A 250V S1PH Pressure switch high HAP A1P Pilot lamp service monitor green V1R V2R Power module HAP A2P Pilot lamp service monitor green V3R Diode module H1P 7P A1P Pilot lamp service monitor orange X1M Terminal strip power supply
62. BUH only no Heatpump operation during commissioning 8 Including piping backup heater excluding expansion vessel 7 25 20 C operation of heat pump possible but no guarantee of capacity if outdoor temperature lt 25 C unit will stop Electrical The table below contains the electrical specifications specifications Electric heater Type 3V3 6V3 6WN 6T1 9WN 9T1 optional Power supply 1 2 Phase 1 1 3 3 3 3 Frequency 50 Hz Voltage 230 V 230 V 400 V 230V 400 V 230V Current Running current 13A 26A 8 7A 15 1 A 13A 22 6 A Zmax List No requirements No requirements Out of scope No requirements Out of scope Text 0 25 j0 15 Zmax electric List No requirements Out of scope No requirements Out of scope heater booster heater EKSWW Text 0 25 j0 15 0 15 0 09 models Voltage range Minimum 207 V 207V 360 V 207 V 360 V 207 V Maximum 253 V 253 V 440 V 253 V 440 V 253V Wiring For power supply Quantity of wires 3G 3G 4G 4G 4G 4G connections backup heater Type of wires Note 9 Note 9 Note 9 Note 3 Note 9 Note 9 For power supply Quantity of wires 3G connection to z optional DHW tani Type of wires Note 9 and 4 Q2L For connection with Quantity of wires Note 7 R5T Type of wires Note 7 For connection with Quantity of wires Note 6 Type of wires Note 9 ang 5 For connection with Quantity of wires 3G M28 s Type of wires Note 9
63. F1T Thermal fuse backup heater R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor FU1 Fuse 3 15A T 250 V for PCB R4T Inlet water thermistor FU2 Fuse 5A T 250V for pump R5T Domestic hot water thermistor K1M K2M Contactor backup heater step 1 2 S1L Flowswitch K3M Contactor booster heater TR1 Transformer 24 V for PCB K4M Pump relay X1M X4M Terminal strips K5M Contactor for backup heater all pole V1S V2S Spark suppression 1 2 disconnection Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the hydro box 2 Use one and same dedicated power supply for hydro box outdoor unit and EKSWW option Field wiring NC Normal open Normal closed Single pole single throw 4 Terminal strip Connector ve Terminal Protective earth 5 Do not operate the unit by short circuiting any protection device 6 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 7 For EKSWWU V3 refer to option manual Symbols Wiring dependent on model Ex Field wiring TI Option Field wiring PCB Wire colour BRN Part 1 System Outline 1 91 ESIE08 01 iagrams D iring for EKHBH X 016AB6V3 iagram D iring W 6 5 The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit Wiring diagram A9x9LO X H 8Hs uondo 1 E uondo
64. OR Suction SH gt 10 C EV opening degree Suction SH 6 C 480 pls orf amp Upper limit frequency Maximum frequency Suction SH 8 C amp Suction SH lt 10 EV opening degree lt 450 pls Suction SH 6 C OR 1 amp Suction SH lt 10 C EV opening degree 450 pls Lowering upper limit gt Raising upper limit frequency for 1 step lt frequency for 1 step every 20 seconds Suction SH gt 12 C every 20 seconds en U Suction SH 10 C EV opening degree 450 pls Part 2 Functional Description 2 45 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 3 8 Inverter Current Protection Control Flow chart Restricts compressor operation frequency to prevent compressor from tripping due to inverter overcurrent Inverter current Normal operation Inverter upper limit frequency gt Stepping down current Maximum frequency Compressor frequency Compressor frequency 1 step 6 sec 1 step 2 min The condition of Inverter current Stepping down current continues for 2 minutes Outdoor heat exchanger temperature liquid 2 Indoor heat exchanger temperature amp Outdoor heat exchanger temperature liquid gt 25 Stepping down gt Stepping down E current PA Outdoor heat exchanger temperature liquid Indoor heat e
65. Other accessories delivered with No EKSOLHWAV1 Connection type 15 Adapter 3 4 F BSP 3 4 M BSP 16 Adapter 3 4 M BSP 3 4 M BSP For EKSOLHWAV1 EKHWSU No Field supply Connection type 15 Adapter field supply 3 4 M BSP 3 4 M BSP Part 1 System Outline 1 23 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 No EKUHWA kit Connection type 16 Solenoid valve 3 4 F BSP 3 4 F BSP 17 Adapters solenoid valve 3 4 M BSP 3 4 M BSP 1 24 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 13 EKRTR EKRTW Outlook and Dimensions Outlook and The illustrations below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the units mm dimensions EKRTW Part 1 System Outline 1 25 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 1 14 ERHQ011 016AAV3 W1 Installation and Service Space Installing near a Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of the outdoor unit air intake or exhaust airflow follow the wall or obstacle installation guidelines below stacked multiple row Not stacked The illustrations and table below show the required installation and service space mm 4 2100 4 viv gt 100 2100 2100 4 4 2100 500 21000 4 1 2150 2150 2150 500 21000 V 2500 Jv
66. System Outline ESIE08 01 Specifications Electrical The table below contains the electrical specifications specifications Specification EKRTW EKRTR EKRTETS Thermostat Receiver Power supply Phase 1 Frequency Hz 50 Voltage V Battery powered Battery powered 230 3x AA LR6 alka 3x AA LR6 alka line line Voltage tolerance 10 Connection Wired Wireless Wired Wired Max distance to receiver Indoor Approx 30 m Outdoor Approx 100 m Max rated switching current A at 230 5A 4A VAC Part 1 System Outline 1 47 Specifications ESIE08 01 1 48 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Functional Diagrams 3 Functional Diagrams 3 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains the following information m Overview complete system m Electrical connection diagram m Pipe connection diameters Functional This chapter contains the following functional diagrams diagrams Topic See page 3 2 Complete System ERHQ011 016AAV3 EKHBH X016AA 1 50 EKSWW 3 3 Complete System ERHQ011 016AAW1 EKHBH X016AB 1 52 EKHWS U EKHWE 3 4 Electrical Connection Diagram 1 55 3 5 Pipe Connection Diameters 1 56 Part 1 System Outline 1 49 Functional Diagrams ESIE08 01 3 2 Complete System ERHQ011 016AAV3 EKHBH X016AA EKSWW
67. 0 109 0 112 0 9 0 44 0 1002 114 0 8 5 46 0 922 116 0 8 0 48 0 84 9 118 0 7 6 50 0 78 3 120 0 7 1 52 0 72 2 122 0 6 7 54 0 66 7 124 0 6 4 56 0 61 6 126 0 6 0 48 0 57 0 128 0 5 7 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 109 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 5 7 Check No 6 Evaluation of Abnormal High Pressure Abnormally high pressure level is mostly caused by the condenser side The following contents are provided by service engineer based on their field checks Further the number is listed in the order of degree of influence In cooling operation Check items Possible causes Judgment Does the outdoor unit fan run normally Visual inspection Is the outdoor unit heat exchanger clogged Visual inspection Is there clogging before or after the EV Check if there is a temperature difference capillary before and after EV capillary Check if the main valve unit of EV operates by noise vibration Is the check valve clogged Check if there is a temperature difference Heat pump model only before and after check valve If YES the check valve is caught Is the HPS normal Check continuity by using a tester Is the outdoor unit installed under such Visual inspection conditions that short circuit easily occurs Is the piping length 5 meters or less Visual inspection Does air enter the refrigerant system Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum
68. 2 times cycle is detected Compressor lock High differential pressure 2 6MPa or more starting Incorrect UVWN wiring Faulty inverter PC board Stop valve is left in closed 3 60 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units Troubleshooting Caution Check the installation conditions Is the stop valve Open the stop valve open Is the UVWN wiring I Connect correctly normal Is high pressure higher than 2 6 MPa at starting Remedy the cause Check and see whether compressor is short circuited or ground YES Replace the compressor Are inverter output voltages the same for 3 phases Replace the inverter PC board A1P ERHQ V3 A2P ERHQ W1 Does low or high pressure vary even instantaneously when restarting compressor YES Replace the compressor Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be Part Troubleshooting 3 61 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 3 6 ET Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Remote controller E display Method of Abnormality of fan motor system is detected according to the fan speed detected by hall IC when the malfunction fan motor runs detection Malfunction m When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 15 seconds or more when t
69. 3 17 LC Malfunction of Transmission system Between Control PCB and Inverter MERE hac ONE ODE A RC 3 85 318 P1 Open Phase or Power Supply Voltage Imbalance 3 87 3 19 Malfunction of Radiator Fin Temperature Thermistor 3 88 3 20 PJ Malfunction of Radiator Fin Temperature Thermistor 3 89 Table of Contents ESIE08 01 4 Error Codes System Malfunctions What Is in This Chapter 3 91 Ut Gas Shortage 4 3 92 Ue Abnormal Power Supply 3 94 U4 UF Malfunction of Transmission between Hydro box and Outdoor Unit 3 96 UF Malfunction of Transmission between Hydro box and Outdoor Unit or Gas Shortage ceti perdete fee e pU e t E ege a ee DD 3 99 US Malfunction of Transmission between Hydro box and Remote Controller 3 101 Malfunctioning Field Setting Switch esses 3 102 1 u 5 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 1 Pre Test Run Checks Cac 2 Field settings What Is in This Chapter sse 3 103 Check No 1 Outdoor unit Checking the Installation Condition 3 104 Check No 2 Outdoor Unit Checking the Expansion Valve 3 105 Check No 3 Checking th
70. 5 10 Check No 9 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Line 1 Turn the power supply off 2 With the fan motor connector disconnected measure the resistance between each pin then make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the following table GND 1 White 2 Orange 3 Brown 4 Blue 5 6 7 Red 20000 52675 Measurement point Judgment 1 4 1 or more 2 4 100kO or more 3 4 1000 or more 4 7 100kQ or more Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 113 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 5 11 Check No 10 Outdoor unit Fan Speed Pulse Disconnect the connector X106A with the power supply OFF and Operation OFF Is the voltage between pins 4 and 3 of X106A about 15 VDC after turning the power supply on Is the voltage between pins 4 and 1 of X106A about 5 VDC Connect the connector X106A with the power supply OFF and Operation OFF Q AR Q N When making one turn of the upper fan motor by hand after turning the power supply on is a pulse 0 and 5 V generated 4 times between pins 4 and 1 of X106A Measure at the contact terminal on the harness side with the connector connected Disconnect the connector X107A with the power supply OFF and Operation OFF Is the voltage between pins 4 and 3 of X107A about 15 VDC after turning the power supply on Is the voltage between pins 4 and 1 of X107A about 5 VDC Connect the connector X107A with the
71. ESIE08 01 3 3 6 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control Outline Flow chart The compressor operating frequency will be controlled in order to avoid abnormal high compressor temperatures see also expansion valve control Normal operation lt gt 105 lt 100C Upper limit frequency Maximum frequency Td lt 105C fi step 20 sec Compressor upper limit frequency 1 step 1 min Compressor upper limit frequency Td lt 105 Td gt 110C B continues for 5 minutes OR 4300 sec Td gt 120C Td gt 115C OR Td gt 135 62 2 Compressor upper limit frequency lt 100C Td lt 105C 5 min elapsed continues for 10 minutes Compressor stop 10 times or less stopping in 200 minutes Stopped 11 times in 200 minutes V Malfunction stop indication 2 44 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 3 7 Suction Pipe Superheat Protection Control Heating Mode Outline In case the suction superheat value in heating mode is too high the oil return to the compressor will be insufficient In order to avoid that the compressor oil will be accumulated in the outdoor unit heat exchanger the upper limit frequency will be decreased Flow chart Suction SH gt 12 C Normal operation
72. ESIE08 01 for EKHBH X 016ABeWN 9WN The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit iagram D iring W iagrams D iring Wiring diagram w 6 9 a on Oj sousou 8 aion 00g i uodo EA QS HDI 104 2 810N 00g 99 dV ea WAZ M p EpL E ed vex ue yoy indui Jes indino 6 9 910 uondo MHAL 201 4 8 t wax uondo EA NSMHY 404 1 wx EA 3 M Hy 6 996 wa
73. Heat pump abnormality Indoor demand operation mode is heating Request to operate BUH determined by capacity demand Delay timer of 6 minutes is over m 4 01 1 AND booster heater is NOT operating m 4 01 0 or This control overrules the settings 4 00 amp 5 BUH forced OFF when pump OFF or no flow Part 2 Functional Description 2 31 Hydro box Functional Concept ESIE08 01 2 32 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter will explain more details about the various functions that are programmed for the sky air R410A inverter outdoor units Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 3 2 Function Outline 2 34 3 3 Frequency Regulating Functions 2 37 3 4 Expansion Valve Regulating Functions 2 52 3 5 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control 2 56 Part 2 Functional Description 2 33 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 2 Function Outline Introduction This chapter will show an overview of all applicable functions in cooling and heating mode Content Topic See page 3 2 1 Function Outline in Heating Mode 2 35 3 2 2 Function Outline in Cooling Mode 2 36 2 34 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 2 1 Function Outli
74. Is there continuity in lead wire NO Replace the lead wire Replace the outdoor unit PC board MP ERHQ V3 Replace the inverter PC board A2P ERHQ W1 1 Connector symbol ERHQ011 016AAV3 X32A A1P ERHQ011 016AAW1 X32A A2P Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 71 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 3 10 H8 3 U Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes Troubleshooting Caution J6 U1 J8 Thermistor or Related Abnormality Outdoor Unit Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by each individual thermistor When thermistor is disconnected or short circuited during operation m Faulty thermistor m Faulty connection of connector m Faulty outdoor unit PC board control PC board Check connectors for connection NO Connect correctly YES Remove thermistor from outdoor unit PC board then measure the resistance using a tester NO Replace the thermistor YES Replace the outdoor unit PC board A1P ERHQ V3 Replace the control PC board A1P ERHQ W1 H9 Malfunction of outdoor temperature thermistor system J3 Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor system J5 Malfunction of suction pipe thermist
75. MMSY 10 uo NHU9 1HM ov 99 Ajddns Eje T Wex eoepejul sasn dV uondo 9 104 2 30N ees uondo uondo 2Z MMS 3 A MMS I3 10 40 Ha Ha Hed i Part 1 System Outline uondo A WWS I3 104 2 88S uondo A MMS 10 a T WO XT Wek ad Wek iagrams D iring for EKHBH X 016AA6WN 9WN iagram D iring W 6 8 The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit Wiring diagram 118 gt gt 2 JLON JJS lt lt ZHOS 062 00 Alddf S H3MOd 1 98 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P Main PCB K5M Contactor for backup heater all pole A2P User interface PCB disconnection A3P Thermostat field supply PC power circuit M1P Pump E1H Backup heater element 1 6WN 2kW 9WN M2S 2 way valve for cooling mode 3kW M3S 3 way valve floorheating domestic hot water E
76. Outlook and Dimensions Service Space The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm Outlook and dimensions Service space am LE 400 2 0 q 1501 WALEMOUNTED 14 INSIDE OF SWITCHBOX qi WALL PLATE 150L WALLMOUNTED TANK 12 15 21010 2 d 3 a Q pcm mE Q o a j Ly M Scale 1 5 Scale 15 Part 1 System Outline General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 Components The table below contains the different components of the unit No Component 1 Cold water inlet G 3 4 male 2 Hot water outlet G 3 4 male 3 Thermistor hole 4 Flow from EKHB H X Rp 3 4 female 5 Return to EKHB H X Rp 3 4 female 6 Switchbox 7 Thermal protector 8 Anode 9 Cable entry 10 Re circulation connection G 3 4 male 11 Thermistor hole see EKSOLHWAV 1 12 Wall plate 150L wall mounted tank 13 Safety valve connection G 1 2 male 14 3 way valve 3x Rp 1 female 1 16 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1
77. P4 500 2500 21000 L1 L2 2100 2500 Viv L2 L1 2100 2500 LisH 2250 500 ZIN Oa L1 lt L2 21000 0 lt 11 lt 1 2 H lt L1 L1 H d L2 lt H 210 21000 2500 gt 1000 12 lt 11 2200 1 2H lt L2 lt H H lt L2 L2 lt H 4 2200 2300 21000 Vivi 2200 2300 21000 500 21000 4 21000 4 4 500 21000 21000 L1 lt L2 2300 21000 Viv 2411 2250 0 0 lt L2 lt 1 2H 2300 1 2H lt L2 lt H LI lt H 2300 500 21000 1000 0511 1211 1112 21250 1 lt lt 1 H lt L1 11 lt cn vi s 12 lt gt 1500 lt 500 gt 1000 1211 gt 300 1 2 lt 12 lt 2 H L2 12 lt Suction side obstacle 1 In these cases close the bottom of the installation frame to prevent discharged air from being Discharge side obstacle bypassed Left side obstacle 2 Inthese cases only 2 units can be installed Right side obstacle This situation is not allowed Top side obstacle 4 lt 4 Obstacle is present 1 26 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma Stacked The illustration below shows the required installation and service space mm m Do stack more than one unit m 100mm is required as the dimension for laying the upper outdoor unit s drain pipe m Get the portion A sealed so that air from the outlet does not bypass 1 Obstacles exist in front of the outlet side 2 Obstacles exist in front of the air inlet
78. Regulating Functions Introduction One of the main functions of the u controller will be the control of the compressor frequency The next chapter will explain how the compressor frequency is determined Content Topic See page 3 3 1 Starting Frequency Control 2 38 3 3 2 Starting Control 2 39 3 3 3 General Frequency Control 2 40 3 3 4 Low Pressure Protection Control 2 42 3 3 5 High Pressure Protection Control 2 43 3 3 6 Discharge Pipe Temperature Control 2 44 3 3 7 Suction Pipe Superheat Protection Control Heating Mode 2 45 3 3 8 Inverter Current Protection Control 2 46 3 3 9 Protection Control by Overall Current 2 47 3 3 10 Inverter Cooling Fin Temperature Control 2 48 3 3 11 Pressure Difference Control 2 49 3 3 12 O il Recovery Operation 2 51 Part 2 Functional Description 2 37 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 3 4 Starting Frequency Control Outline General Graph Ending condition The inverter compressor will start up with a limited fixed frequency value for a specified period of time in order to prevent liquid back to the compressor and to limit the starting current The normal starting control time is 2 3 minutes The maximum starting frequency control time is limited to 10 minutes During compressor start up a pressure difference will be build up in order to have sufficient pressure difference for the 4 way
79. Temperature Thermistor Remote controller display Method of Detection by open or short circuit of the radiator fin temperature thermistor during the compressor malfunction stops operating detection Malfunction When open or short circuit of the radiator fin temperature thermistor is detected during the compressor decision conditions stops operating Supposed causes m Faulty radiator fin temperature thermistor m Faulty outdoor unit PC board Troubleshooting Check LED on the outdoor unit PC board Does the radiator fin temperature thermistor malfunction NO Probe other factors than the malfunction YES Disconnect the connector from X111A on inverter PC board then check the thermistor resistance at the ordinary temperature Normal NO Replace the inverter PC board A2P ERHQ W1 Replace the outdoor PC board A1P ERHQ V3 NO Is reset possible Replace the outdoor PC board A1P ERHQ V3 Replace the inverter PC board A2P ERHQ W1 Reset See also Check No 4 Resistance Conversion Table Ambient Coil Fin on page 3 107 Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 88 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 20 Malfunction of Radiator Fin Temperature Thermistor Remote
80. YES YES Is there a The power supply switch is Is the remote controller s operation lamp blinking E E Normal Runs The pump comes on but the compressor doesn t run Set the remote controller s temperature setting to 1 When cooling Minimum 2 When p heating Maximum Ask for the character code of the malfunction Troubleshooting by remote controller malfunction code Is the remote controller s operation Doesn t run lamp blinking wireless remote controllers only Machines equipped with The operation circuit fuse is disconnected or is making poor contact 2 The operation swich is broken or its contact is defective The high pressure switch is broken 4 The fan motor s magnetic switch is broken 5 The fan motor s overcurrent relay is being actuated or is broken 6 The compressor s overcurrent relay is broken 7 The compressor s protective hermostat is broken 8 The electrical system insulation is defective 9 The compressor s magnetic switch s contact is defective 10 The compressor is broken El Thermostat is broken The cool heat selector is broken The operation switch is broken The compressor s magnetic swich is broken 11 12 13 14 Cooling starts but stops right away 15 Over charged with refrigerant 16 Air
81. ang 5 For connection with Quantity of wires 3G or 4G M3S Type of wires Note 9 ang 9 Notes 1 Above mentioned power supply of the hydro box is for the backup heater only The switch box amp pump of the hydro box are supplied via the outdoor unit The optional domestic warm water tank has a separate power supply 2 Optional electric heater has 2 capacity steps except for the 3V3 model which has only one capacity step Part 1 System Outline 1 41 Specifications ESIE08 01 3 Select diameter and type according to national and local regulations 4 For more details of the voltage range and current refer to installation manual EKHBH X0164A 5 Voltage 230 V Maximum current 100 mA Minimum 0 75 Depends on thermostat type refer to installation manual EKHBH X016A 7 Wire included in option EKSWW EKHWS EKHWE 1 42 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Specifications 2 5 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKSWW150 300V3 Z2 amp EKHWS150 300 V3 Z2 Technical specifications The table below contains the technical specifications Piping connections Water inlet H E Diameter Specicaton Er derer 22 Casing Colour Neutral white Material Epoxy coated mild steel Dimensions Packing Height 950 mm 1200 mm 1650 mm 1200 mm 1650 mm Width 600 mm Depth 600 mm Unit Height 900 mm 1150 mm 1
82. be used m Specifications Dimension B Unit mm Nominal size Class 1 Class 2 Previous 1 2 24 26 24 5 8 27 29 27 No change in tightening torque No change in pipes of other sizes m Differences Change of dimension B Only 1 2 5 8 are extended For class 1 407 For class 2 R410A Dimension B xiv ESIE08 01 Introduction Vacuum pump with check valve Leak tester Refrigerant oil Air compal Vacuum pump adaptor Reverse flow preventive vacuum adaptor LG Specifications Discharge speed e Maximum degree of vacuum 50 l min 50Hz Select a vacuum pump which is able to 60 l min 60Hz keep the vacuum degree of the system in Suction port UNF7 16 20 1 4 Flare excess of 100 7 kpa 5 torr 755 mmHg UNF1 2 20 5 16 Flare with adaptor Differences Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adaptor Specifications Hydrogen detecting type etc Applicable refrigerants R410A R407C R404A R507A R134a etc Differences Previous testers detected chlorine Since HFCs do not contain chlorine new tester detects hydrogen Specifications Contains synthetic oil therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time Differences Can be used for R410A and R22 units XV Introduction ESIE0
83. controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes Troubleshooting Caution Check whether set value written in EPPROM at factory or set value of capacity setting adaptor for replacement is the same as outdoor unit capacity When the set value on 2 differs from the outdoor unit capacity or a capacity setting adaptor except for PC board applicable models is installed Malfunction decision is made only when turning the power supply on m Improper set value of E PROM m Improper capacity setting adaptor m Faulty outdoor unit PC board capacity setting adapter CN26 connected to outdoor unit PC board Connect the adapter for the applicable model Make sure that the combination of connected capacity setting adapter 26 is correct If incorrect correct the combination Capacity setting adapter is not connected at factory Capacity is written in Capacity setting adapter is required only when the PC board was replaced with spare PC board Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 89 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 3 90 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes System Malfunctions 4 J Error Codes System Malfunctions 4 1 What Is in This Cha
84. controller 15 display Method of Malfunction is detected by converting the current flowing to power transistor into voltage with CT1 DC malfunction current sensor detection Malfunction When overcurrent has run to power transistor decision conditions Actuated even by instantaneous overcurrent Supposed causes Faulty compressor coil disconnection poor insulation Compressor startup malfunction mechanical lock Faulty inverter PC board Instantaneous fluctuation of power supply voltage Faulty compressor if bearing is scratched The stop valve is left in closed Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 79 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Check the installation conditions NO Is the stop valve open Open the stop valve Is the compressor coil YES disconnected or is the Replace the compressor insulation defective Turn the main power supply off and then disconnect the connection between the compressor and inverter Continuity check N in the power transistor IGBT Is the continuity Replace the inverter PC board normal 1 ERHQ V3 A2P ERHQ W1 Is the inverter output voltage generated approximately NO at the same increasing speed Replace the inverter PC board for each phase after When operating compressor A1P ERHQ V3 tu
85. dependent operation the user has the possibility to shift up or down the target water temperature by a maximum of 5 C See the operation manual for more details on weather dependent operation 1 00 Low ambient temperature Lo_A low outdoor temperature 1 01 High ambient temperature Hi_A high outdoor temperature 1 02 Set point at low ambient temperature Lo_Ti the target outgoing water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or drops below the low ambient temperature Lo_A Note that the Lo_Ti value should be higher than Hi_Ti as for colder outdoor temperatures i e Lo_A warmer water is required 1 03 Set point at high ambient temperature Hi_Ti the target outgoing water temperature when the outdoor temperature equals or rises above the high ambient temperature Hi_A Note that the Hi Ti value should be lower than Lo Ti as for warmer outdoor temperatures i e Hi A less warm water suffices Lo A Hi A Tt Target water temperature TA Ambient outdoor temperature Shift value Shift value Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 19 Field settings ESIE08 01 2 Disinfection function Applies only to installations with a domestic hot water tank The disinfection function disinfects the domestic hot water tank by periodically heating the domestic water to a specific temperature Caution The disinfection function field settings must be configured by the installer according to nation
86. drops 2 C fixed value below the booster heater OFF temperature Note If the schedule timer for booster heater see the operation manual is active the booster heater will only operate if allowed by this schedule timer m 7 00 Domestic water step length temperature difference above the domestic water set point temperature before the booster heater is turned off Tsww 7 00 TBH OFF T9 pem M EE m on 71 T Ty 70 4 do Needed 60 Tue 50 4 en TUNIS orr 48 1 NE 41 7 WR ul 40 4 30 4 20 Ty 70C HP 700 3C 104 6 01 2C 5 00 7 0 t BH Booster heater HP Heat pump If heating up time by the heat pump takes too long aux iliary heating by the booster heater can take place Booster heater OFF temperature Ty 7 00 ON Booster heater ON temperature orr 2 C THP MAX Maximum heat pump temperature at sensor in domestic hot water tank depending on Ta Heat pump OFF temperature Typ max 6 01 THP Heat pump ON temperature Typ orr 6 00 Tsww Domestic water temperature User set point temperature as set on the user interface t Time 4 24 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings 8 Domestic water heating mode timer Applies only to installations with a domestic hot water tank The domestic water he
87. enabled or disabled or it can be disabled depending on operation of the booster heater m 4 00 Status defines whether backup heater operation is enabled 1 or disabled 0 m 4 01 Priority defines whether backup heater and booster heater can operate simultaneously 0 or if the booster heater operation has priority over the backup heater operation 1 Note When the priority field setting is set to ON 1 space heating performance of the system might be decreased at low outdoor temperatures since in case of domestic water heating demand the backup heater will not be available for space heating space heating will still be provided by the heat pump When the priority field setting is set to OFF 0 make sure that electrical power consumption does not exceed supply limits Space heating off temperature m 4 02 Space heating off temperature outdoor temperature above which space heating is turned off to avoid overheating Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 21 Field settings ESIE08 01 5 Equilibrium temperature and space heating priority temperature Equilibrium temperature The equilibrium temperature field settings apply to operation of the optional backup heater When the equilibrium temperature function is enabled operation of the backup heater is restricted to low outdoor temperatures i e when the outdoor temperature equals or drops below the specified equilibrium temperature When
88. for Troubleshooting 3 103 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 1 ESIE08 01 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 Troubl 1 1 What Is in Introduction eshooting This Chapter When a problem occurs you have to check all possible malfunctions This chapter gives a general idea of where to look for malfunctions Not all repair procedures are described Some procedures are considered common practice Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 1 2 General Troubleshooting Flowchart 3 4 1 3 Overview of General Problems 3 5 1 4 Procedure of Self Diagnosis by Remote Controller 3 24 1 5 Fault diagnosis by Remote Controller 3 25 1 6 Fault diagnosis manual reset in the memory 3 26 1 7 Fault Diagnosis by LED 3 29 1 8 Overview of Error Codes 3 34 1 9 Overview of the Outdoor Safety Devices 3 38 1 10 Overview of the Hydro box Safety Devices 3 39 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 2 General Troubleshooting Flowchart Refer to Remote controller display malfunction code and contents Doesn t run at all power failure burnt OFF or the switch s fuse is Wait until Turn the power supply Troubleshooting by power failure switch ON or replace remote controller is over the fuse malfunction code YES
89. gases when it contacts flames ESIE08 01 Introduction Caution Warning The step up capacitor supplies high voltage electricity to the electrical compo nents of the outdoor unit Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the power cable plug Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can cause an electrical shock or fire Caution Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or wet place to avoid electrical shocks Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when clean ing the equipment The internal fan rotates at a high speed and cause injury Do not tilt the unit when removing it The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down suffi ciently before conducting repair work Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns Use the welder in a
90. influence Check items Possible causes Judgment Does the outdoor unit fan run normally Visual inspection Is the hydro box filter clogged Visual inspection Is there clogging before or after the EV capillary Check if there is a temperature difference before and after EV capillary Check if the main valve unit of EV operates by noise vibration Is the check valve clogged Heat pump model only Check if there is a temperature difference before and after check valve lf YES the check valve is caught Is the LPS normal Check continuity using a tester Is the hydro box installed under such conditions that short circuit easily occurs Visual inspection Is the refrigerant gas short Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum drying and then add proper amount refrigerant Check items Possible causes Judgment Does the outdoor unit fan run normally Visual inspection Is the outdoor unit heat exchanger clogged Visual inspection Is the outdoor unit installed under such conditions that short circuit easily occurs Visual inspection Is there clogging before or after the EV capillary Check if there is a temperature difference before and after EV capillary Check if the main valve unit of EV operates by noise vibration Is the check valve clogged Check if there is a temperature difference before and a
91. is mixed inside the refrigerant circuit 17 The pressure switch is broken 18 The outdoor unit fan motor s magnetic switch is broken 19 The outdoor unit fan motor s auxiliary relay is broken The unit won t run again for a while after stopping code YES Is the remote NO Cooling _ controller s operation lamp blinking Heating Nomal Did you allow 3 minutes to YES Try turning the elapse after turning ON NO Operation switch OFF 2 Runs 5 Operation is normal The unit runs but doesn t cool the room Measure the suction disharge temperature Temperature differential The units runs but doesn t heat the room Measure the suction disharge temperature Temperature differential discharge temperature suction temperature suction temperature discharge temperature 20 The outdoor unit s heat exchanger is dirty There is something blocking the outdoor unit s air flow 22 Malfunction of the outdoor unit s fan 21 23 flow error Is there something causing the indoor load to be large such as an open window or door YES Temperature differential is 8 187 Operation is normal s there something causing the indoor heat load to be large such as an open window or door YES Temperature differential
92. malfunctioning history display is off In this case after the malfunction code blinks 2 times the code display turns to 00 Normal and the unit No turns to 0 The INSPECTION mode automatically switches to the normal mode set temperature display 3 Operation halts due to malfunction depending on the model or condition Troubleshoot by turning off the power supply for a minimum of 5 seconds turning it back on and then rechecking the LED display 3 30 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 7 2 Troubleshooting by LED on the Outdoor PCB A1P Overview The following diagnosis can be conducted by turning on the power switch and checking the LED indication on the printed circuit board of the outdoor unit Xt LED on LED off 3X LED blinks Not used for diagnosis LED detection HAP H1P Description Green Red e Normal rt Faulty outdoor unit PCB Note 1 e Power supply abnormality or faulty outdoor unit PCB Note 2 xk x Activation of protection device Note 3 Notes 1 Turn off the power switch and turn it on again after 5 seconds or more Check the error condition and diagnose the problem 2 Turn off the power switch After 5 seconds or more disconnect the connection wire 2 Then turn on the power switch If the HAP on the outdoor unit PCB flashes after about 10 seconds the hydro box PCB is faulty 3 Also check for open phase
93. moder LED display Display contents FEES Push the MODE BS1 button and returns to H1P 2 H4P H5P H6P iSetting mode 11 In normal operation In oil return operation Data display Data display Displ iehi LED display Disol T LED display bi doris 1 2 5 HeP H3P H4P No setting CEE Normal in stepping down operation ERHQ011 014AAV3 Low pressure stepping down 016 High pressure stepping down Inverter discharge pipe stepping down Inverter current stepping down Radiation fin temperature stepping down Inverter stepping down Overall current stepping down 9 0 0 000 0 6 e 06 2 9060 e 06 0 09 0 00 90 6 Other stepping down Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 35 Field settings ESIE08 01 4 36 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Test Run and Operation Data 3 Test Run and Operation Data Introduction This chapter contains the following information m External static pressure graph m Operation ranges Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See pa
94. on gt 005 depend dependon ERHQ011AAW1 8 installation installation installation installation installation installation ERHQ014AAW 8 9 A575 ERHQO016AAW 8 Part 1 System Outline 1 29 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 Remark A Minimum allowed length is 3 m Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit m V3 8 ONLY When 5 m recharging of the outdoor unit is required It is not necessary to charge additionally if the piping length is under 30 m m W1 8 ONLY It is not necessary to charge additionally if the piping length is under 10 m E 123 wiring in outdoor F Power supply booster Q2L safety F Power supply solenoid valve UK only G Thermistor cable supplied with the domestic hot water tank is 12 m in length May not be changed G Feedback signal Q2L amp Q3L safety UK only Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 17 EKHBDP Drainpan Kit Necessity Decision graph for EKHBDP necessity Leaving water temperature limit to prevent condensation 31 0 i 31 Relative humidity 40 Relative humidity 60 Relative humidity 80 2 2 T 1 1 Ur CARD CL EE a ee er c pus ELE 28 f H 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 147 4 Maximum leaving 27 25 0 watertemperature ga aae cu
95. prevention outside air and low water temperature BUH control Space heating defrost operation BUH operates when m Indoor demand operation mode is heating m Defrost operation m Return water temperature below security level m Outlet water temperature after BUH lower than 55 overheat protection amp temperature No return water temperature thermistor abnormality error code 80 on interface This control overrules the settings 4 amp 5 BUH forced OFF when pump OFF BUH protection In order to prevent breakage by BUH control The BUH heater will stop immediately by following safety items m NO flow signal m Outlet water temperature after BUH higher than 55 C overheat protection temperature m return water temperature thermistor abnormality error code 80 on interface m Thermal protector of BUH is open error code AA on interface Remark during BUH operates for short periods Due to remaining air in the piping short no flow BUH stops and delay commissioning timer restarts 2 30 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 11 Emergency operation Indoor control by emergency In order to provide the customer a minimum heating capacity The unit will go automatically in emergency operation when malfunction occur at the outdoor or indoor unit This minimum heating capacity will be provide by BUH Space heating operation by emergency BUH operates when m
96. priority is enabled The corrected higher set point will make sure that the total heat capacity of the water in the tank remains approximately unchanged by compensating for the colder bottom water layer of the tank because the heat exchanger coil is not operational with a warmer top layer 5 03 TA Tset Domestic water set point temperature User set point as set on the user interface TA Ambient outdoor temperature Space heating priority 4 22 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings 6 DT for domestic water heating Applies only to installations with a domestic hot water tank The DT delta temperature for domestic water heating field settings determine the temperatures at which heating of the domestic water by the heat pump will be started i e the heat pump ON temperature and stopped i e the heat pump OFF temperature When the domestic water temperature drops below the heat pump ON temperature Typ on heating of the domestic water by the heat pump will be started As soon as the domestic water temperature reaches the heat pump OFF temperature Typ ofr or the user set point temperature Ty heating of the domestic water by the heat pump will be stopped by switching the 3 way valve The heat pump OFF temperature and the heat pump ON temperature and its relation with field settings 6 00 and 6 01 are explained in the illustration below m 6 00 Start te
97. size of power cable m Malfunction of compressor m Compressor protection thermostat may act due to the following reasons m Internal leakage of four way valve There is no difference between suction and discharge temperature Insufficient compression of compressor Incorrect refrigerant Faulty expansion valve Insufficient circulation of refrigerant 3 12 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Turn the operation switch ON and OFF then wait at ON side Does the unit YES N Unit is start operation after 3 gt is in 3 min inutes Electric system stariooy mode Power supply voltage is within 10 of Contact power company specified voltage NOL Not so hot compressor hot after gt Check compressor unit stop YES Replace power cable Check on the cause why correct overcurrent relay for Refrigerant circuit YES compressor or compressor protection thermostat acted After vacuum drying charge correct amount of refrigerant Then start operation again s there any temperature difference between inlet and outlet of Expansion valve expansion malfunction valve there any temperature difference between suction side and Four way valve discharge side of four malfunction way valve YES Malfunction of compressor I Check compressor Caution Be sure to turn of
98. supply Phase 1 Frequency 50 Hz Voltage 230 V Nominal running current 13A Fuse Size 20A Phase 1 1 44 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Specifications 2 7 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKSOLHWAV1 Technical specifications Electrical specifications The table below contains the technical specifications Specification Dimensions Weight of unit Weight of packing materials Heat exchanger EKSOLHWAV1 Packing Height 795 mm Width 340 mm Depth 295 mm Unit Height 770 mm Width 305 mm Depth 270 mm Machine weight 8 kg Gross weight 9 kg Material Carton Weight 1kg Type Brazed plate Pressure drop Solar side 21 5 kPa Maximum inlet temper Solar side 110 ature Heat exchange capacity 1400 W K Logarithmic mean temperature difference LMTD 5K Pump Type water cooled Number of speeds 3 Nominal ESP Heating Power input Medium speed 46 W Water flow rate Min Max Nom Sound Sound pressure 27 dBA Water circuit Piping connection diameter 3 4 F BSP Insulation material EPP Ambient temperature Max 35 Min 1 The table below contains the electrical specifications Specification EKSOLHWAV1 Unit Power supply Phase 1 Frequency 50 Hz Voltage 220 240 V Wiring connections Voltage range Power supply intake Nominal running current Not applicable
99. the output voltage NO gt Replace the outdoor fan motor Replace the fuse Use only specified fuses normal After turning OFF the power supply correctly insert the connector of the fan motor and then restore the power Does U4 malfunction YES gt Replace the outdoor PC board MP ERHQ V3 Replace the inverter PC board A2P ERHQ W1 reoccur gt Replace the outdoor PC board A1P ERHQ V3 After turning OFF the power supply correctly insert the connector of the fan motor and then restore the power Does malfunction U4 or UF reoccur YES Replace the indoor PC board NO FUSE Conductive ERHQ V3 F6U ERHQ W1 F7U There is no problem with the unit An external factor noise etc other than unit failure may be the cause See also Check No 10 Outdoor unit Fan Speed Pulse on page 3 114 Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 98 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes System Malfunctions 4 5 UF Malfunction of Transmission between Hydro box and Outdoor Unit or Gas Shortage Remote controller ur display Method of Check the transmission between the indoor and outdoor units with a microcomputer when the power malfunction turne
100. the BS buttons To enter the monitor mode push the MODE LED display BS1 button when in iSetting mode 11 No Setting item HiPlHePIHsPIHaPIHsPIHep u p Data display O Indication of oil return operation Q See Data display 1 Indication of outdoor unit class See Data display 2 Contents of retry the latest selection of Setting 3 Contents of retry 1 cycle before 0 See Malfunction Push the SET BS2 button and set the LED 4 Contents of retry 2 cycle before e sone display to a setting item code display on the 5 Contents of malfunction helates MM 6 Contents of malfunction 1 cycle before page MEN 17 Contents of malfunction 2 cycle before 8 e e e Confirmation on setting contents gt 0 Indication of causes of stepping down operation OQ 6 O See Data display Push the RETURN BS3 button to display different data of set items o The numbers in the No column represent the number of times to press the SET BS2 button Data display Push the RETURN BS3 button and switches to the initial status of iMonitor
101. the selected operation mode perform a test run operation first When the unit is put into operation by pressing the eas button for the first time the system will automatically perform a test run in cooling mode The test run will take up to 3 minutes during which no specific indication is given on the user interface During the automatic test run it is important to ensure that the water temperature does not drop below 10 which might activate the freeze up protection and thereby prevent the test run to finish Should the water temperature drop below 10 C press the s button so the x icon is displayed This will active the backup heater during the automatic test run and raise the water temperature sufficiently If the automatic test run has ended successfully the system will automatically resume normal operation If there are misconnections or malfunctions an error code will be displayed on the user interface To resolve the error codes see Troubleshooting m When the outdoor unit is put into pump down operation see the outdoor unit installation manual the automatic test run flag will be cleared The next time the system is put into operation the automatic test run will be executed again m When running in test run mode the unit will sense on site installation parameters e g failure to open stop valves and indicate the applicable malfunction code if required m lf the remote controller shows E4 or L
102. the unit mm dimensions Service space 300 CO 900 255 220 110 dee 0 40 300 9 150 300 30 20 p 77 72 OF A CEE 1600 200 d 99 220 M 0 40 JlQ 72222 REQUIRED SERVICE SPACE AROUND THE TANK Part 1 System Outline 1 13 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 Components The table below contains the different components of the unit No Component Water mains IN G 3 4 BSP female Water mains OUT G 3 4 BSP female Thermistor connection Flow from EKHB H X G 3 4 BSP female Return to EKHB H X G 3 4 BSP female Switchbox Thermal protector Anode oO a AJ Cable entry Power supply booster heater and thermal protection cable 10 Re circulation connection G 3 4 BSP female 11 Cable entry for EKSOLHWAV1 Power supply from EKHB H X 12 Cable entry for EKSOLHWAV1 Power supply to EKSOLHWAV1 pump 13 Thermistor connection see EKSOLHWAV1 14 3 way valve Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 8 EKHWE150 300V3 Z2
103. to operate BUH determined by capacity demand amp m Delay timer of 6 minutes is over 4 01 1 AND booster heater is NOT operating 4 01 0 aor t BUH will stop operation when one of the below conditions are applicable BUH operation OFF m BUH permissioned to operate 4 00 0 m NO request to operate BUH determined by capacity demand m Ambient temperature gt setting 5 01 3 C m 4 01 1 AND booster heater is operating or The BUH heater will stop immediately by following safety items m NO flow signal m Outlet water temperature after BUH higher than 55 C m Return water temperature thermistor abnormality Thermal protector of is open In order to start up the heat pump in controlled way when low outside air and low water temperature Start up operation BUH operates when m Indoor demand operation mode is heating No defrost operation Inlet water temperature lower than 15 Outside air temperature lower than 22 go E m m Outlet water temperature after lower than 55 overheat protection temperature m Noreturn water temperature thermistor abnormality error code 80 on interface This control overrules the settings 4 amp 5 BUH forced OFF when pump OFF Part 2 Functional Description 2 29 Hydro box Functional Concept ESIE08 01 Heat exchanger In order to prevent breakage by heat exchanger freeze from defrost start up operation when low freeze
104. value of altered field settings at variance with the default value A detailed description of each field setting is given under Detailed description on page 4 18 To change one or more field settings proceed as follows J DAIKIN 3 8 SETTING 1 Press the button for a minimum of 5 seconds to enter FIELD SET MODE The SETTING icon 3 will be displayed The current selected field setting code is indicated 6 BB 2 with the set value displayed to the right B 1 Press the button to select the appropriate field setting first code Press the v button to select the appropriate field setting second code Press the amp TMERC4 1 button and amp TMERC v button to change the set value of the select field setting Save the new value by pressing the button Repeat step 2 through 4 to change other field settings as required When finished press the button to exit FIELD SET MODE 0 G Notes m Changes made to a specific field setting are only stored when the button is pressed Navigating to a new field setting code or pressing the button will discard the change made m Before shipping the set values have been set as shown under Field settings table on page 23 m When exiting FIELD SET MODE may be displayed on the user interface LCD while the unit initialises itself Part 4 Commissioning and
105. valve to change over Hz gt Normal control 52 Hz 41 Hz ON 1 min 2 3 min time The starting control will be terminated when the low pressure value lt 6 bar or when the maximum starting time of 10 minutes has been reached in case the low pressure value stays gt 6 bar 2 38 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 3 2 Starting Control Starting control When compressor start up the starting frequency is fixed for specified period of time at low frequency to prevent returning of refrigerant Electronic gt 25 4 expansion valve 480 pls Pressure Pressure Starting equalizing equalizing control start complete complete Pressure equalizing control before compressorstart 1 control 112Hz Compressor Cooling or Heating lt 25 C i 65 pls 8 Step ON i Cooling Ta lt 40 C Heating Ta 26 C OFF i CoolingTa gt 40 C Heating Ta 26 C k 10 120 sec j Hydro box pump ON OFF Part 2 Functional Description 2 39 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 3 8 General Frequency Control Outline After the Starting frequency control function has been terminated the ideal compressor frequency will be determined by the General frequency control General The compressor operation
106. w vx vx vx vx Wik Yn 2 T 1 2 1 Lisl LI t 2 9 t 2 in us 1 T VEX i z fe ws an Wi T 4 n 4 4 n n 5 3 X 4 4 4 eee 3 d wax vex tnd vex eosque m i 9 1 8 AY i SS A i 00 it wx gt gt 2310338 lt lt ZH0S NI iore E ies uondo Aldd U3MOd LAVMHI0SH3 nnd iagram D iring W iagrams D iring Wiring diagram w 6 3 Part 1 System Outline 1 88 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P Main PCB M2S 2 way valve for cooling mode A2P User interface PCB M3S 3 way valve floorheating domestic hot water A3P Thermostat PC power circuit PHC1 Optocoupler input circuit A4P Solar remote alarm PCB Q1L Thermal protector backup heater E1H Backup heater element 1 Q2L Thermal protector booster heater E4H Booster heater 3kW Q1DI Earth leakage protector F1B Fuse backup heater R1T Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor F2B Fuse booster heater R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor FAT Thermal fuse backup heater R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor FU1 Fuse 3 15A T 250 V for PCB R4T Inlet water thermistor FU2 Fuse 5A T 250V R5T Domestic hot water thermistor FuS FuR Fuse 5A 250V for s
107. well ventilated place Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency e oecoo OF Introduction ESIE08 01 1 2 2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair Warning Warning Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and appropriate tools to conduct repair work Never attempt to modify the equip ment The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock exces sive heat generation or fire When relocating the equipment make sure that the new installation site has sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation work is not conducted securely the equipment can fall and cause injury Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard installa tion frame Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the equipment to fall resulting in injury For integral units only Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a window frame If the unit is not securely mounted it can fall and cause injury For integral units only Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment and follow the technical standards related to the electrical equipment the internal wiring reg ulations and the instruction manual for installation when con
108. 06 8 88 5 51 09 49 83 45 8 71 8 54 6 48 61 47 42 46 8 37 8 21 7 46 26 45 14 47 8 05 7 90 8 44 05 42 98 48 7 75 7 60 9 41 95 40 94 49 7 46 7 31 10 39 96 39 01 50 7 18 7 04 11 38 08 37 18 51 6 91 6 78 12 36 30 35 45 52 6 65 6 53 13 34 62 33 81 53 6 41 6 53 14 33 02 32 25 54 6 65 6 53 15 31 50 30 77 55 6 41 6 29 16 30 06 29 37 56 6 18 6 06 17 28 70 28 05 57 5 95 5 84 18 27 41 26 78 58 5 74 5 43 19 26 18 25 59 59 5 14 5 05 Applicable sensors Outdoor Ambient Coil Pipe without discharge B Outdoor Fin Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 107 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Thermistor resistance check Remove the connectors of the thermistors on the PCB and measure the resistance of each thermistor using tester The relationship between normal temperature and resistance is shown in the graph and the table below Hydro box Tank thermistor 3SA48002 3SA48009 R25 C 20kQ 120 7 130 3990 4177 20 197 8 2534 15 148 2 1877 10 112 0 1404 5 85 52 1059 0 65 84 806 5 5 51 05 618 9 10 39 91 478 8 15 31 44 373 1 20 24 95 292 9 25 19 94 231 4 30 16 04 184 1 35 12 99 147 4 40 10 58 118 7 45 8 669 96 13 50 7 143 78 29 3 108
109. 1 Part 3 Troubleshooting 1 Troubleshooting Sek Sine Lee p What Is in This 2 24404 0 00 3 3 General Troubleshooting 3 4 Overview of General Problems esssssseeeeeeneennenns 3 5 Procedure of Self Diagnosis by Remote Controller 3 24 Fault diagnosis by Remote 2 2 444 4 3 25 Fault diagnosis manual reset in the 3 26 Fault Diagnosis by LED tne eco tear e etre 3 29 Overview of Error 3 34 Overview of the Outdoor Safety 3 38 Overview of the Hydro box Safety Devices 3 39 2 Error Codes Hydro box 2 1 What ls in This Glhiapter eee fete 3 41 2 2 Malfunctioning Hydro box 3 42 2 3 81 80 HC Thermistor or Related Abnormality Hydro box 3 43 2 4 Hydro bOx zitieren ete er nere al eee 3 44 2 5 Hydro box Outlet water temperature too high gt 65 3 47 2 6 AA Hydro box Open thermal protector fuse of backup heater or booster heat vto ener ret ede Pe SO ete damen 3 48 2 7 C
110. 15 mm 1 2 female BSP 12 Tundish 22 mm 15 mm 13 T piece to expansion vessel 22 mm 22 mm 22 mm 14 Adapter expansion vessel 22 mm 3 4 female BSP 15 Expansion vessel 3 4 male BSP 16 Drain valve 22 mm 3 4 male BSP 17 Solenoid valve 3 4 female BSP 3 4 female BSP No Other components 18 Switch box 19 Thermal protector 1 20 Cable entrance power booster heater thermal protector 21 Power entrance solenoid valve 22 Control cable solenoid valve 23 Blind stop 2 plastic screw on closing caps for pressure reducing valve 24 Thermal protector 2 thermostat Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 10 EKHWSU150 300V3 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space Outlook and The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm dimensions Service space MODEL Hi H2 H3 H4 EKHWSU15083V3 900 1015 255 130 EKHWSU200B3V3 150 1265 40 200 EKHWSU300B3V3 1600 1715 40 200 Part 1 System Outline 1 19 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01
111. 150 300V3 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 17 1 10 EKHWSU150 300V3 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 19 1 11 EKSOLHWAV1 EKHWS Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 21 1 12 EKSOLHWAV1 EKHWSU Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 22 1 13 EKRTR EKRTW Outlook and 1 25 1 14 ERHQ011 016AAV3 W1 Installation and Service Space 1 26 1 15 EKHBH X 0016AA Installation and Service Space 1 28 1 16 Physical Limitations and Limits of Operation 1 29 1 17 EKHBDP Drainpan Kit 0 1 31 2 Specifications 2 1 What Is in This Chapter sssseseeeeennmenes 1 33 2 2 Technical and Electrical Specifications for ERHQO 11 016AAV3 1 34 2 3 Technical and Electrical Specifications for ERHQ011 016AAW 1 1 37 2 4 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKHBH016AA amp EKHBX016AA and EKHBH016AB amp 6 1 40 2 5 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKSWW150 300V3 Z2 amp EKHWS150 9300 V9 Z2 od 1 43 2 6 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKSWWU150 300V3 amp EKHWSIUIT5QO 300 VS ien e tcd terc irte dtes 1 4 2 7 Technical and Electrical Spec
112. 2H Backup heater element 2 OWN 2kW 9WN Q1L Thermal protector backup heater SkW Q2L Thermal protector booster heater Backup heater element OWN 2kW 9WN Q1DI Earth leakage protector 3kW R1T A1P Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor E4H Booster heater 3kW R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor F1B Fuse backup heater R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor F2B Fuse booster heater R4T Inlet water thermistor FAT Thermal fuse backup heater R5T Domestic hot water thermistor FU1 Fuse 3 15A T 250 V for PCB S1L Flowswitch FU2 Fuse 5A T 250V for pump TR1 Transformer 24 V for PCB K1M K2M Contactor backup heater step 1 2 X1M X4M Terminal strips K3M Contactor booster heater V1S V2S Spark suppression 1 2 K4M Pump relay Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the hydro box 2 Use one and same dedicated power supply for hydro box outdoor unit and EKSWW option a Field wiring NC Normal open Normal closed Single pole single throw 4 Terminal strip Connector Terminal Protective earth 5 Do not operate the unit by short circuiting any protection device 6 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 7 For EKSWWU V3 refer to option manual Symbols Wiring dependent on model Field wiring Field wiring Wire colour Part 1 System Outline 1 99
113. 4 25 nnde betel RUN E e A P CER RR UR MH URL ee GU 1 71 T technical specifications s sereen ersen emen IRE REIR Aad d 1 33 thermistors checking y vss ora SEN Re RIA Xa Re ERG RR UE Toe ae 3 106 troubleshooting additional checks ehe Shs are ie oet fe regn Wend ee 3 103 eth fed ada wee eh Senda Ow 3 3 d ea mr BA Grd Ett ne dee ad Te pan d ro Soie ded ee Gees dae 3 92 IET 3 94 3 99 3 101 3 102 OR EA DR dex AE o eaten re e Ee 3 96 Index iii ESIE08 01 W wiring diagrams Index
114. 48 50 52 54 56 58 Flow l min high speed ll medium speed ESP external static pressure Flow waterflow through the unit Warning m Selecting a flow outside the curves can cause damage to or malfunction of the unit See also minimum and maximum allowed water flowrange in the technical specifications m Water quality must be according to EN directive EC 98 83 EC 4 42 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly What is in this part This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 Maintenance 5 3 2 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 5 5 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly 5 1 ESIE08 01 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly ESIE08 01 Maintenance 1 Maintenance 1 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains the following information m Maintenance Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 1 2 Maintenance 5 4 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly 5 3 Maintenance ESIE08 01 1 2 Maintenance Introduction In order to ensure optimal availability of the unit a number of checks and inspections on the unit and the field wiring have to be carried out at regular intervals Precaution Before carrying out any maintenance or repair activity always switch off the circuit breaker on the supply panel remove the f
115. 4AA ERHQO016AA ERHQ011AA ERHQ014AA ERHQ016AA hydro boxes Power supply 16 EKHBHO16A EKHBHO16A v3 EKHBX016A EKHBX016A EKHBX016A Current Voltage range Wire connections Power supply intake Name Phase ds Frequency 50 Hz Voltage 230 V Nominal running current Cooling Heating ES Starting current Zmax List no requirements Text Maximum running current Cooling 22 8 A 27 4 A 31 9 A Heating Recommended fuses 32A Minimum 207V Maximum 253V For power supply Quantity Remark See installation manual outdoor unit 4PW37976 1 B For connection with hydro box Quantity Remark See installation manual outdoor unit 4PW37976 1 B Outdoor unit only 1 36 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Specifications 2 3 Technical and Electrical Specifications for ERHQ011 016AAW1 Technical The table below contains the technical specifications specifications Specification Heating only type Reversible type ERHQ011AAW1 ERHQ014AAW1 ERHQ016AAW1 ERHQ011 AAW1 ERHQ014AAW1 ERHQ016AAW1 Colour Ivory white Casing Material Painted galvanised steel plate Packing Height 1524 mm Width 980 mm Depth 420 mm Dimension
116. 50 300V3 Wiring diagram The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the domestic hot water tank SOLENOID VALVE Vis EKHBH X005 6 7 SWITCHBOX X7M F2U R BRN t BLK 34 amp t X6M i Yuwiern 1 110 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend E4H Booster heater F2B Fuse booster heater F2U Fude 5A 250V K3M Contactor booster heater L Line N Neutral Q1T Thermostat domestic hot water tank Q2L Thermostat protector booster heater Q3L Thermostat protector domestic hot water tank X1M Terminal block X5M X7M Terminal block Y1S Solenoid valve Notes 1 This wiring diagram applies to the EKSWWU option 2 AE Field wiring Protective earth screw Terminal strip 3 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 4 Please refer to the EKSWWU 0V3 option manual for more installation details Part 1 System Outline 1 111 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the domestic hot water tank Diagram for EKHWE150 300 V3 Z2 iring W Wiring diagram 6 15
117. 6 J7 J8 Thermistor or Related Abnormality Outdoor Unit 3 72 3 11 J1 Malfunction of Pressure Sensor 3 73 3 12 L1 Faulty Outdoor PC Board 3 75 3 13 414 Radiation Fin Temperature Increased 3 77 3 14 L5 DC Output Overcurrent Instantaneous 3 79 3 15 L8 DC Output Overcurrent Instantaneous 3 81 3 16 L9 Stall Prevention Time Lag 3 83 3 17 LC Malfunction of Transmission system Between Control PCB and Inverter 3 85 PCB 3 18 P1 Open Phase or Power Supply Voltage Imbalance 3 87 3 19 P4 Malfunction of Radiator Fin Temperature Thermistor 3 88 3 20 PJ Malfunction of Radiator Fin Temperature Thermistor 3 89 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 53 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 3 2 EY Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes Troubleshooting Caution Er Microcomputer checks whether E PROM is normal E PROM When 2 malfunctions when turning the power supply on Faulty outdoor unit PCB Turn the power supply off once and then back on Is normal reset YES possible Turn the power supply off and disconnect the fan motor YES Problem could be caused by external factor noise etc other than malfunction connector from the PCB then turn the power supply on again Is E1 displayed
118. 600 mm 1150 mm 1600 mm Width 580 mm Depth 580 mm Weight Machine weight 37 kg 45 kg 59 kg 45 kg 59 kg Gross weight EKSWW 40 kg 49 kg 64 kg 49 kg 64 kg Gross weight EKHWS 42 kg 51 kg 66 kg 51 kg 66 kg Packing Material EPS Carton Weight 3kg 4 kg 5kg 4kg 5 kg Main components Tank Water volume 1501 200 300 2001 3001 Material Stainless steel DIN 1 4521 Max temperature 85 Max water pressure 10 bar Insulation Material Polyurethane foam Insulation Min thickness 40 mm Heat exchanger Quantity 1 Material EKSWW Stainless steel DIN 1 4401 Material EKHWS Duplex steel LDX 2101 Booster heater Quantity 1 Capacity Temperature sensor Cable length 12m 3 4 FBSP inch Water outlet H E Diameter 3 4 FBSP inch Cold water in Diameter 3 4 FBSP inch Hot water out Diameter 3 4 FBSP inch Electrical specifications The table below contains the electrical specifications Specification EKSWW1 50V3 EKSWW200V3 EKSWW300V3 EKSWW200Z2 EKSWW300Z2 EKHWS150 V3 EKHWS150 V3 EKHWS150 V3 EKHWS150 V3 EKHWS150 V3 Unit Power supply Phase 1 2 Frequency 50 Hz Voltage 230 V 400 V Nominal running current 13 A 75 Fuse Size 20A Phase 1 2 Part 1 System Outline 1 43 Specifications ESIE08 01 2 6 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKSWWU150 300V3 amp EKHWSU150 300 V3 Technical specifications Electrical speci
119. 8 01 Gauge manifold for R410A Charge hose for R410A Specifications High pressure gauge 0 1 to 5 3 MPa 76 cmHg to 53 kg cm Low pressure gauge 0 1 to 3 8 MPa 76 cmHg to 38 kg cm 1 4 235 16 2min gt 2 5 No oil is used in pressure test of gauges For prevention of contamination Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas saturated state m Differences Change in pressure Changein service port diameter D um adi a CoO Hose with ball valve m Specifications Working pressure 5 08 MPa 51 8 kg cm e Rupture pressure 25 4 MPa 259 kg cm Available with and without hand operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow m Differences Pressure proof hose Change in service port diameter Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance xvi ESIE08 01 Introduction Charging cylinder Weigher for refrigerant charge J Can not be used N Y Specifications Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder Differences The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during charging When R410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder foaming phenomenon is generated inside charging cylinder Specifications High accuracy TA101A for 10 kg cylinder 2g TA101B for 20 kg cylinder 5g Equipped wit
120. 8 as an error code it is possible that the stop valve is closed m Checkthe inter unit branch wiring connection 1 2 3 wiring when error code U4 or UF is displayed on the remote controller m When error code U2 is displayed on the remote controller check for voltage imbalance m When error code L4 is displayed on the remote controller it is possible that the air flow passage is closed m When there is no error code displayed cooling operation continues without interruption However this control is once again performed after refrigerant is recovered by means of the pump down switch and at the time of the first operation after the outdoor PC board replacement 2 12 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 General Functionality 1 9 4 way Valve Control Purpose The purpose of the 4 way valve control is to control how the superheated refrigerant passes through the 4 way valve The 4 way valve control carries out the changeover switching of the 4 way valve This changeover switching is only carried out during operation because a certain pressure difference is required to move the internal cylinder When Then the 4 way valve connects the outlet of the compressor with Cooling Outdoor heat exchanger Heating Indoor heat exchanger Method The table below describes the 4 way valve control operation In The 4 way valve is m Heating except for defrosting ON m Cooling OFF m De
121. 9 EKSWWU150 300V3 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space Outlook and The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm dimensions Service space ol hd MODEL H1 H2 EKSWWU150V3 900 1015 EKSWWU200V3 1150 1265 EKSWWUSOOV3 1600 1715 2 18 S I 3 g 5 E LN m 1 580 TYPICAL INSTALLATION EKUSWW KIT i SEX REQUIRED SERVICE SPACE Part 1 System Outline General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 Components The table below contains the different components of the unit No Water connections Connection type 1 Water in cold 22 mm 2 Water out hot 3 4 female BSP 3 Flow from hydro box 3 4 female BSP 4 Return to hydro box 3 4 female BSP 5 Temperature relief valve 1 2 female BSP 6 Thermistor connection No Water connections kit Connection type 7 Pressure reducing valve 22 mm 22 mm 8 T piece expansion valve 22 mm 1 2 female BSP 22 mm 9 Expansion relief valve 1 2 male BSP 1 2 female BSP 10 Adapter relief valve 1 2 male BSP 15 mm 11 T piece to tundish 15 mm
122. CB and inverter PCB P1 Open phase or voltage unbalance P4 Abnormal radiation fin temperature sensor outdoor unit PJ Failure of capacity setting outdoor unit Either capacity data is set incorrectly or capacity has not been set for the data IC Part Troubleshooting 3 27 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Malfunction code Contents Processing Remarks UO Lack of gas malfunction UO Abnormal suction pipe temperature UO U2 Abnormal power supply voltage Including malfunction of K10R K11R U4 UF Failure of transmission between hydro box and outdoor Transmission between hydro box and outdoor unit unit is not being carried out correctly 1 E 5 UF Failure of transmission between hydro box and outdoor Transmission between hydro box and outdoor 3 S unit unit is not being carried out correctly 9 or E or There is very little or no refrigerant flow within Gas shortage the hydro box U5 Failure of transmission between hydro box and remote Transmission between hydro box and remote controller controller is not being carried out correctly UA Incorrect hydro box connected to the system Legend Colour Meaning Error code displays automatically and system stops Inspect and repair it In case of shaded error codes inspection is not displayed The system operates but be sure to inspect and repair it Error code displays with blinking
123. DAIKIN ESIE08 01 Altherma Outdoor unit Domestic hot water tank ERHQ011 016AA EKSWWI150 300V3 Z2 ERHQ011 016AAWT EKSWWU150 300V3 EKHWS150 300V3 Z2 Hydro box EKHWSU150 300V3 Z2 EKHBH X 0016 EKHWE150 300V3 Z2 Remote Alarm Operation signal Solar Kit EKRPIHB EKSOLHWAV1 Altherma Room thermostat EKRTW EKRTR EKRTETS ESIE08 01 1 Introduction 1 1 About This i i 1 2 Safety Cautions e ree GERE RU eae i i 1 3 Combination Overview 200 i vii 1 4 Precautions on handling new i ix Part 1 System Outline 1 General Outline Altherma 1 1 What Is in This 1 3 1 2 ERHQ011 016AAV3 Outlook and Dimensions 1 4 1 3 ERHQ011 016AAW1 Outlook and Dimensions 1 5 1 4 EKHBH016A Outlook and Dimensions eee 1 7 1 5 EKHBX016A Outlook and Dimensions 1 9 1 6 EKSWW150 300V3 Z2 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 11 1 7 EKHWS150 300 V3 Z2 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 13 1 8 EKHWE150 300V3 Z2 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 15 1 9 EKSWWU
124. Diagrams ESIE08 01 1 116 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 PCB Layout 7 PCB Layout 7 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains the following information m t describes which unit uses which PCB types m shows the PCB connectors Outdoor units This chapter contains the following PCB layouts Topic See page 7 2 PCB Layout for ERHQ011 016AAV3 1 118 7 3 PCB Layout for ERHQ011 016AAW1 1 124 7 4 PCB Layout for EKHBH X 016 1 130 Part 1 System Outline 1 117 PCB Layout 51 08 01 7 2 Layout for ERHQ011 016AAV3 Control amp inverter The illustration below shows the PCB connectors PCB A1P X106A X107A F6U X111A P 2 HIF xigen l NC LC p TH zw L D F4U X25A HAP X28A X77A 1 118 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 PCB Layout Control amp inverter The picture below shows the PCB connectors PCB A1P X106 X107A F6U X111A P M WVU dm MER LE 25 C is 5 244 qi NC wir e se 212PF E d ee LC V I 5 269 X25A 51 28 77 LD Part 1 System Outline 1 119 PCB Layout ESIE08 01 Connectors The table below describes the PCB connector
125. E CR e Rd Rc e xU ee ER 1 71 WINING diagralmis vue urne A oe ttt em mie eedem ve done 1 85 M maintenance i olv yep EU Pe eaten DE CEA pet ded eps mue potere vds 5 4 Index ESIE08 01 O Oil Recovery 1 42 2 2 51 operation 1 29 preheating i ise nes LR Rhe CGU Pew 2 4 Operation Range 2 oci Re mnm voee ke nee ee e qaem ey EG PRA 4 38 4 40 OPERATION TANG teh eet e unde e podra te ne fece deest oer atas deere dd casu E gae 4 37 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed 2 2 57 outlook vee fine cides odes durus 1 7 Dm 1 9 150 300 3 1 11 1 13 1 15 1 17 1 19 1 21 1 22 0005 007 o coe EE Ie E Ut e eke te bees SUFRE 1 4 P PCB layout ori cl hits enl PIER ANE OP QUSE PER EC iss 1 117 physical limitatioris ae Mek Sakic ee di Seek does SY Rad ec 1 29 piping EKHBHOQ peram t ro netos dae vet Ya e ot ee e a 1 64 1 66 1 68 ERYQO05 007 1s bes m RE Wk QUERER ERAN RE QUO d e s 1 60 1 61 Pressure Difference C
126. ERHQ011 016AAV3 ESIE08 01 2 2 Removal of Outside Panels Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off Step Procedure Points 1 For the front panel 1 unscrew a single mount ing screw and then push this panel downward to remove it Top panel 2 For the top panel unscrew the eight mount ing screws and then remove this panel Front panel 1 3 For the front panel 1 unscrews the seven mounting screws and the remove this panel gt Side rear panel 4 For the front piping cover unscrew a single mounting screw and then remove this panel 5 For the side piping cover unscrew the four mount ing screws and then remove this panel Front panel 2 6 For the side rear panel e unscrew the five mount ing screws and then remove this panel Front piping cover Side piping cover 5 6 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly ESIE08 01 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 2 3 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off Step Procedure Points m Remove the front panel 2 accordance with the Removal Procedure for Outside Panels Remove the propeller fan
127. ESIE08 01 m 8 03 Booster heater delay time specifies the start up time delay of the booster heater operation after start of the heat pump domestic operation Notes 1 Booster heater operation 1 active 0 not active 2 Heat pump domestic operation 1 request 0 no request 3 Hot water request 1 request 0 no request t Time m Take care that 8 03 is always smaller than the maximum running time 8 01 m adapting the booster heater delay time versus the maximum running time an optional balance can be found between the energy efficiency and the heat up time m However if the booster heater delay time is set too high it might take a long time before the domestic water reaches its set temperature upon domestic mode request Example energy saving settings quick heating settings default 8 01 20 95 min 30 min 8 03 20 95 20 4 26 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings 9 Cooling and heating set points The purpose of this field setting is to prevent the user from selecting a wrong i e too hot or too cold leaving water temperature Thereto the heating temperature set point range and the cooling temperature set point range available to the user can be configured Caution m Incase ofa floor heating application it is important to limit the maximum leaving water temperature at heating operation according to
128. For EKSWWU V3 refer to option manual Symbols Wiring dependent on model Field wiring Option Field wiring PCB Wire colour BRN Part 1 System Outline 1 93 ESIE08 01 iagrams D iring for EKHBH X 016AA6T1 9T1 iagram D iring W 6 6 The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit iagram d Wiring uondo MMS 3 VOZ 824 MMSI3 Vee 02 16 119 epou sr jejeau ouioeje uondo WWMS 3 1545 ad AI oy jjojuo juo dod ddns WLIX eoeyelu Jesn AWD fB ma E 1 103 V6IX uondo A MMS I3 104 2 995 uondo A WS 20 Nu8 Oee wx Li LER 5 end dOOd1no
129. Heating only Reversible EKHBH016AA 1 EKHBX016AA 1 EKHBHO16AB 1 EKHBX016AB 1 ERHQ011AAV3 8 Outdoor unit ERHQ014AAV 1 230V A MM ERHQ016AAV3 8 ERHQ011AAW1 8 Outdoor unit ERHQ014AAW1 3 N 400V e ERHQ016AAW1 8 EKHWS U 150V3 2 Domestic hot water tank EKHWS U 200V3 2 1 230V EKHWS U 300V3 2 Domestic hot EKHWSJ E 20022 3 water tank 2 400V EKHWS E 300Z2 3 EKHWE150V3 4 Domestic hot water tank EKHWE200V3 4 1 230V EKHWE300V3 4 Remarks 1 index for the factory mounted backup heater option 3 6V3 6 9T1 6 9WN 2 U Domestic hot water tank stainless special for UK market 3 E Domestic hot water tank enamel 4 E Domestic hot water tank enamel 5 Solarkit EKSOLHWAV 1can only be combined with domestic hot water tank with solarsensor socket EKHWS E vii Introduction ESIE08 01 Domestic hot water tank 1 230V Domestic hot water tank 2 400V Domestic hot water tank 1 230V Domestic hot water tank 1 230V Domestic hot water tank 1 230V Domestic hot water tank 2 400V Remarks Hydro box 1 230V Options Heating only Reversible Heating only Reversible UK tankkit incl 2 WV UK tankkit excl 2 WV Seperate Solar kit 2 NV EKHBH X 016AA 1 EKHBH X 016AB 1 EKHWS150 V3 2 EKSOLHWAV1 EKUHWA 6 EKUHWB 7 EKUHW2WB 7 EKHWS200 V3 2
130. Hydro box User Interface Settings Overview Field settings table First code Second Setting name Default Step Unit code value 0 User permission level 00 User permission level 3 2 3 1 1 Weather dependent set point 00 Low ambient temperature Lo A 10 20 5 1 C 01 High ambient temperature Hi_A 15 10 20 1 C 02 Set point at low ambient temperature Lo TI 40 25 55 1 C 03 Set point at high ambient temperature Hi TI 25 25 55 1 2 Disinfection function 00 Operation interval Fri Mon Sun 01 Status 1 ON 0 1 02 Start time 23 00 0 007 1 00 hour 23 00 03 Set point 70 40 80 5 04 Interval 10 5 60 5 3 Auto restart 00 Status 0 ON 0 1 4 Backup heater operation 00 Status 1 ON 0 1 01 Priority 0 OFF 0 1 02 Space heating OFF temperature 35 14 35 1 5 Equilibrium temperature and space heating priority temperature 00 Equilibrium temperature status 1 ON 0 1 01 Equilibrium temperature 0 15 20 1 02 Space heating priority status 0 OFF 0 1 03 Space heating priority temperatures 0 15 20 1 04 Set point correction for domestic hot water temper 10 0 20 1 ature 6 DT for domestic water heating 00 Start 5 1 20 1 01 Stop 2 2 10 1 7 Domestic hot water step length 00 Dome
131. Introduction This chapter will explain more details about the various functions that are programmed for the hydro box Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 2 2 Hydro box Pump Blockage Prevention Control 2 20 2 3 Hydro box Pump Operation Control 2 21 2 4 Defrost control 2 23 2 5 Cooling operation 2 24 2 6 Heating operation 2 25 2 7 hot water heating operation 2 26 2 8 hot water heating priority function 2 27 2 9 Booster heater operation 2 28 2 10 Backup heater operation 2 29 2 11 Emergency operation 2 31 Part 2 Functional Description 2 19 Hydro box Functional Concept ESIE08 01 2 2 Hydro box Pump Blockage Prevention Control Outline In order to prevent pump operation failure blockage due to no pump operation for long term pump will operate at regular intervals General In case the pump was not operating for continuously 24 hours pump will run for a short period 2 20 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 3 Hydro box Pump Operation Control Outline When heating cooling and or domestic hot water operation is activated the pump will operate Details The pump operation pattern is determined by some system parameters and field settings Heating cooling When the unit is put into heating cooling operation by pressing the ON OFF button LED lit or via mode central ro
132. O Hydro box Flow switch 2 3 51 2 8 EC Hydro box Domestic hot water tank temperature too high gt 89 C 3 52 3 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 1 What Is in This Chapter 3 53 3 2 EY Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality senes 3 54 3 3 E3 Abnormal High Pressure Detected by the 3 55 3 4 Actuation of Low Pressure 3 57 3 5 E5 Compressor Motor 3 60 3 6 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan 3 62 3 7 Malfunction of Electronic Expansion 3 65 3 8 Malfunctioning in Discharge Pipe Temperature 3 68 3 9 Malfunctioning HPS 3 70 3 10 8 43 45 46 41 48 Thermistor or Related Abnormality Outdoor Unit 3 72 3 11 Malfunction of Pressure Sensor ssssssseee 3 73 3 12 LY Faulty Outdoor PC 3 75 3 13 L4 Radiation Fin Temperature 3 77 3 14 L5 DC Output Overcurrent 3 79 3 15 L8 DC Output Overcurrent 3 81 3 16 L9 Stall Prevention Time Lag 3 83
133. O LHNH o uondo A WM S I3 103 4 30N 5 uondo A MMS I3 10 juo dev dasn 1 W23 a in 8 uondo A NMMSYXF 104 4 910N 5 uondo A WS 20 T gt gt ALON SAS lt lt ZHOS NI 1062 Part 1 System Outline 1 90 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A1P Main PCB 2 User interface M2S 2 way valve for cooling mode Thermostat field supply PC power circuit M3S 3 way valve floorheating domestic hot water E1H Backup heater element 1 3kW Q1L Thermal protector backup heater E2H Backup heater element 2 SkW Q2L Thermal protector booster heater E4H Booster heater 3kW Q1DI Earth leakage protector F1B Fuse backup heater R1T A1P Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor F2B Fuse booster heater R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor
134. Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting 5 6 Check No 5 Resistance Conversion Table Discharge Pipe Sensor Temperature The table below is the discharge pipe thermistor temperature resistance conversion table resistance Temp Resist Temp Resist Temp Resist C kQ C kQ C kQ 60 0 52 8 130 0 5 4 62 0 48 9 132 0 5 4 6 0 1120 0 64 0 45 3 134 0 4 8 4 0 1002 5 66 0 42 0 136 0 4 6 2 0 898 6 68 0 39 0 138 0 4 3 0 0 806 5 70 0 36 3 140 0 4 1 2 0 724 8 72 0 33 7 142 0 3 9 4 0 652 2 74 0 31 4 144 0 3 7 6 0 587 6 76 0 29 2 146 0 3 5 8 0 530 1 78 0 27 2 148 0 3 3 10 0 478 8 80 0 25 4 150 0 3 2 12 0 432 9 82 0 23 7 152 0 3 0 14 0 392 0 154 0 2 9 16 0 355 3 156 0 2 7 18 0 322 4 TM 158 0 2 6 20 0 292 9 160 0 2 5 22 0 266 3 92 0 16 9 162 0 2 3 24 0 242 5 94 0 15 8 164 0 2 5 26 0 221 0 96 0 14 8 166 0 2 1 28 0 201 6 98 0 13 9 168 0 2 0 30 0 184 1 100 0 13 1 170 0 1 9 32 0 168 3 102 0 12 3 172 0 1 9 34 0 154 0 104 0 11 5 174 0 1 8 36 0 141 0 106 0 10 8 176 0 1 7 38 0 129 3 108 0 10 2 178 0 1 6 40 0 118 7 110 0 9 6 180 0 1 5 42
135. R EKRTW Wiring diagram The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the EKRTR EKRTW 4a 8 only for EKRTW option only for EKRTR option only for EKRTETS option 1 114 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams Legend A3P Thermostat PC power circuit A4P Receiver PCB R1H Humidity sensor R1T Ambient sensor R2T External sensor floor or ambient X1M X2M Terminal strips Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the indoor unit 2 Use one and same dedicated power supply for indoor unit outdoor unit and KHW option m Field wiring Normal open Normal closed Single pole single throw 4 Terminal strip Connector ds Terminal Protective earth 5 Do not operate the unit by short circuiting any protection device 6 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 7 For KHWSU V3 refer to option manual Option PCB works with an external 230V AC power supply L N 9 For EKSOLHWAV1 refer to option manual Symbols Wiring dependent on model Option PCB e BRN Field wiring Field wiring Wire colour Part 1 System Outline 1 115 Wiring
136. Replace the discharge pipe thermistor Replace the outdoor unit PC board A1P ERHQ V3 Replace the control PC board A1P ERHQ W1 See also Check No 5 Resistance Conversion Table Discharge Pipe Sensor on page 3 109 Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 69 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 3 9 Malfunctioning HPS System Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes m LL The protection device circuit checks continuity in the high pressure switch When there is no continuity in the high pressure switch during compressor stops operating Incomplete high pressure switch Disconnection in high pressure switch harness Faulty connection of high pressure switch connector Faulty outdoor unit PC board Disconnected lead wire 3 70 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units Troubleshooting Is protection HPS connector 1 correctly connected to outdoor unit PC board NO gt Connect correctly Wait for 10 minutes after the unit stops operating then check the following Is there continuity in each protection HPS NO Replace HPS with no continuity Resistance in normal operation 10Q or less
137. Run ESIE08 01 Pre Test Run Checks 1 3 Test Run Operation Manual Procedure Notes If required the installer can perform a manual test run operation at any time to check correct operation of cooling heating and domestic water heating 1 Push the button 4 times so the t icon will be displayed 2 Depending on the hydro box model heating operation cooling operation or both must be tested as follows when no action is performed the user interface will return to normal mode after 10 seconds or by pressing the z button once m To test the heating operation push the button so the h icon is displayed To start the test run operation press the eam button m To test the cooling operation push the button so the icon is displayed To start the test run operation press the button m To test the domestic operation push the M button The test run operation will start without pressing the button 3 test run operation will end automatically after 30 minutes or when reaching the set temperature The test run operation can be stopped manually by pressing the button once If there are misconnections or malfunctions an error code will be displayed on the user interface Otherwise the user interface will return to normal operation 4 resolve the error codes see Part 3 Troubleshooting m Todisplay the last resolved error code push the button 1 time Push the button again 4 times t
138. Test Run 4 17 Field settings ESIE08 01 Detailed 0 User permission level description If required certain user interface buttons can be made unavailable for the user Three permission levels are defined see the table below Switching between level 1 and level 2 3 is done by pressing the buttons amp TIMERC4 and J immediately followed by the buttons f bia for atleast 5 seconds in normal mode Note that no indication on the user interface is given When level 2 3 is selected the actual permission level either level 2 or level 3 is determined by the field setting 0 00 Permission level Button Quiet mode button fe operable Weather dependent set Ow operable point button Schedule timer enable dis ox operable operable able button Programming button operable Time adjust buttons operable G TIMERC Y Inspection test operation E operable button 4 18 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings 1 Weather dependent set point heating operation only The weather dependent set point field settings define the parameters for the weather dependent operation of the unit When weather dependent operation is active the water temperature is determined automatically depending on the outdoor temperature colder outdoor temperatures will result in warmer water and vice versa During weather
139. The system operates but be sure to inspect and repair it Note There is a possibility of open phase power supply check power supply also 3 28 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 7 Fault Diagnosis by LED Introduction Several methodes can be used to consult the system malfunction Fault diagnosis by LED is applicable on hydro box PCB A1P and outdoor unit PCB A2P Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 1 7 1 Troubleshooting by LED on the Hydro box PCB 3 30 1 7 2 Troubleshooting by LED on the Outdoor PCB A1P 3 31 1 7 3 Troubleshooting by LED on the Outdoor Service PCB A2P 3 32 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 29 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 7 1 Troubleshooting by LED on the Hydro box PCB Overview Troubleshooting can be carried out by service monitor LED green Blinks when normal XX LED on LED off 3k LED blinks Microcomputer Normal Monitor Contents Processing HAP LED A it Failure of hydro box PC board ass y Note 5 e Malfunction of power supply or failure of PC board ass y or broken transmission wire between indoor and outdoor unit Note 5 Notes 1 Whenthe INSPECTION TEST button of remote controller is pushed INSPECTION display blinks entering INSPECTION mode 2 Inthe INSPECTION mode when the ON OFF button is pushed and held for 5 seconds or more the aforementioned
140. WS U 150 3 4 inch 3 4 inch EKHWS U 200 EIS EKHWS U 300 EKHWE150 Rp 3 4 inch Rp 3 4 inch EKHWE200 female female EKHWE300 Model Cold water Hot water 2 Sacra EKHWS U 150 3 4 inch 3 4 inch 3 4 inch EKHWS U 200 FBSP FBSP FBSP Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Functional Diagrams 2 Re circulation isa connection EKHWE150 G 3 4 inch G 3 4 inch mU EKHWE200 male male male EKHWE300 1 MBSP male British standard pipe 2 FBSP female British standard pipe 3 Rp internal parallel ISO 7 4 G external internal parallel ISO 228 Part 1 System Outline 1 57 Functional Diagrams ESIE08 01 1 58 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Piping Diagrams 4 Piping Diagrams 4 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains the following information m Piping diagrams Piping diagrams This chapter contains the following piping diagrams Topic See page 4 2 Piping Diagram for ERHQ011 016AAV3 8 1 60 4 3 Piping Diagram for ERHQ011 016AAW1 8 1 61 4 4 Piping Diagram for EKHBH X 016A 1 64 4 5 Piping Diagram for EKSWWU150 300V3 1 66 4 6 Piping Diagram for EKSOLHWAV1 1 68 Part 1 System Outline 1 59 Piping Diagrams ESIE08 01 1 4 2 Piping Diagram for ERHQ011 016AAV3 8 EKHB 016 INDOOR UNIT
141. act in wiring Faulty control and inverter PC board External factors noise etc Faulty outdoor fan motor Faulty of fan motor connector contact Part Troubleshooting 3 85 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Is the fan motor Connector Connect the connector and turn connected on again Are connectors connecting the NO control and inverter PC gt Connect the transmission wiring board connected and turn on again securely transmission wiring between the YES control and inverter gt Fix the disconnection and turn PC board on again disconnected Disconnect the fan motor connector and turn on again Is E7 displayed on the remote controller YES Is ILC not displayed gt Replace the fan motor Inverter transmission malfunctioned due to the malfunction of fan motor Is the microcomputer normal monitor green on Replace the outdoor PC board inverter PC board A1P ERHQ V3 blinking Replace the inverter PC Board A2P ERHQ W1 Is the microcomputer normal LED on control Replace the outdoor PC board PC board blinking A1 P ERHQ V3 Replace the control PC Board A1P ERHQ W1 gt Check for faulty connector connection in the transmission wiring and for clamps with high tension line Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or pa
142. ain PCB 2 User interface M2S 2 way valve for cooling mode Thermostat field supply PC power circuit M3S 3 way valve floorheating domestic hot water E1H Backup heater element 1 3kW Q1L Thermal protector backup heater E4H Booster heater 3kW Q2L Thermal protector booster heater F1B Fuse backup heater Q1DI Earth leakage protector F2B Fuse booster heater R1T A1P Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor FAT Thermal fuse backup heater R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor FU1 Fuse 3 15A T 250 V for PCB R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor FU2 Fuse 5A T 250V for pump R4T Inlet water thermistor K1M Contactor backup heater R5T Domestic hot water thermistor K3M Contactor booster heater S1L Flowswitch K4M Pump relay TR1 Transformer 24 V for PCB K5M Contactor for backup heater all pole X1M X4M Terminal strips disconnection V1S V2S Spark suppression 1 2 Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the hydro box 2 Use one and same dedicated power supply for hydro box outdoor unit and EKSWW option 3 i Field wiring NC Normal open Normal closed 272 Single pole single throw 4 Terminal strip Connector im Terminal Protective earth 5 Do not operate the unit by short circuiting any protection device 6 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 7 For EKSWWU V3 refer to option manual Symbols Wiring dependent on m
143. air flow or direction Yes Check the outdoor ambient temperature R1T This temperature must be lower than 43 C 3 104 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting 5 3 Check No 2 Outdoor Unit Checking the Expansion Valve Checking To check the electronic expansion valve proceed as follows Step Action 1 Check if the expansion valve connector is correctly inserted in the X12A of A1P 2 Compare the expansion valve unit with the number of the connector to make sure it is cor rectly connected 3 Switch the power OFF 4 Switch the power ON to check whether the expansion valve is producing a clicking sound If Then The expansion valve has no clicking Disconnect the valve connector without the sound clicking sound and proceed to step 5 5 Check the coil current Open circuit normal short circuit The table below contains the reference resistance values White Grey Black Yellow Red Orange White 450 450 co Grey oo oo 45Q oo 45Q Black 450 900 Yellow 450 900 Red 450 900 co Orange 450 900 6 Check the clicking sound again If Then There is a clicking sound The expansion valve works properly There is no clicking sound Replace the expansion valve unit There is still no clicking sound Replace outdoo
144. al and local regulations 2 00 Operation interval day s of the week at which the domestic water should be heated 2 01 Status defines whether the disinfection function is turned on 1 or off 0 2 02 Start time time of the day at which the domestic water should be heated 2 03 Set point high water temperature to be reached 2 04 Interval time period defining how long the set point temperature should be maintained Tsww 00 00 01 00 22 00 23 00 24 00 t 2 02 Tsww Domestic water temperature Ty User set point temperature as set on the user interface Ty High set point temperature 2 03 t Time 4 20 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings 3 Auto restart When power returns after a power supply failure the auto restart function reapplies the user interface settings at the time of the power supply failure Note It is therefore recommended to leave the auto restart function enabled Note that with the function disabled the schedule timer will not be activated when power returns to the unit after a power supply failure Press the amp button to enable the schedule timer again m 3 00 Status defines whether the auto restart function is turned ON 0 or OFF 1 4 Backup heater operation and space heating off temperature Backup heater operation Applies only to units with optional backup heater installed The operation of the backup heater can altogether be
145. ank thermostat Q1T m Malfunction of 2 way valve 3 44 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Hydro box Troubleshooting Check the installation conditions Open shut OFF valves Yes Hydro box pump runs 1 Yes Yes Yes No Yes Domestic hot water tank is installed Yes Correct operation of the 3 way valve Yes Tank type is EKSWWU EKHWSU Yes Yes Y B Water pressure is sufficient Water circuit is sufficiently airpurged Airpurge valve is open Is the water filter clogged dirty External static pressure is in range of the hydro box pump range 2 way valve on the flow inlet operates correctly No Open the shut OFF valve Make sure that the No pump signal is displayed A on the interface 2 No gt Charge additional water to the system Purge the water circuit NOSE Open the airpurge valve Yes Clean the water filter No gt Make the correct pump speed setting No gt B 3 way valve is correct connected to X2M 9 10 11 No No B No Change the 2 way valve Check the 3 way valve position Replace in case required Connect the wires correctly according the installation manual Part Troubleshooting 3 45 Error Codes Hydro box ESIE08 01 Mal
146. ant System Flushing noise due to refrigerant shortage Sound of shoo YES YES Correction of installation Reinforcement for ceilings or walls Insert shock absorber in mounting section or strengthen the mounting section Normal The sound is flushing noise of gas refrigerant inside air conditioning unit Insert cushion materials to the pipe support such as saddle Normal The noise is a sound generated at the time of gas refrigerant flow change or stop Disassemble and remove parts contact Correct piping manually or attach a dead weight to pipe Normal Creak generates by shrinkage of resin parts due to temperature change Normal It is normal After vacuum drying charge correct amount of refrigerant Caution occurred Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be Part Troubleshooting 3 15 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 3 6 Remote Controller LCD Displays 092 Applicable model ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes Troubleshooting Trouble YES generates just after power gt The unit is checking to confirm that supply ON NO Check the unit based on hydro box LED and outdoor unit LED Trouble Shooting remote controller is normal Indication appears for short time Caution Be sure to turn off po
147. ated viii ESIE08 01 Introduction 1 4 Precautions on handling new refrigerants 1 4 1 Outline About Refrigerant m Characteristics of new refrigerant R410A R410A Performance Almost the same performance as R22 and R407C 2 Pressure Working pressure is approx 1 4 times more than R22 and R407C Refrigerant composition Few problems in composition control since it is a Quasi azeotropic mixture refrigerant HFC units Units using new refrigerants HCFC units Refrigerant name R407C R410A R22 Composing substances Non azeotropic mixture of HFC32 HFC125 and HFC134a 1 Quasi azeotropic mix ture of HFC32 and JFC125 1 Single component refrig erant Design pressure 3 2 Mpa gauge pres 4 15 Mpa gauge pressure 2 75Mpa gauge pressure sure 32 6 kgf cm 42 3 kgf cm 28 0 kgf cm Refrigerant oil Synthetic oil Ether Mineral oil Suniso Ozone destruction 0 0 0 05 factor ODP Combustibility None None None Toxicity None None None 1 Non azeotropic mixture refrigerant mixture of two or more refrigerants having different boiling points 2 Quasi azeotropic mixture refrigerant mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar boiling points 3 The design pressure is different at each product Please refer to the installation manual for each product Reference 1 Mpa 1 0 19716 kgf cm 10 0 P MPa
148. ater heating operation The H P hot water heating thermostat ON OFF judging is always carried out when hot water mode is ON active on interface Hot water H P thermostat ON When AT 6 01 6 00 water temperature tank 2 0 C THP ON Hot water H P thermostat OFF When AT Typmax 6 01 water temperature tank x0 C ALL n THP OFF Remark H P will only OPERATE when hot water H P thermostat ON and has the permission determined by setting 8 see setting 8 01 amp 8 02 2 26 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 8 H P hot water heating priority function The H P domestic hot water heating priority instruction is determined by the request level between heating cooling and domestic hot water Hot water heating priority instruction active go Request level hot water heating mode higher than heating cooling mode Balance between DHW and heating request default DEW No4 OFF Domestic water tank installed DSW_No2 ON H P domestic water heating thermostat ON Anti recycle timer setting 8 02 not active Remark Hot water heating priority instruction is not applicable In case of domestic water heating operation mode is not active not activated on the interface schedule timer setting 5 02 applicable DSW_No4 ON In case the DSW 4 is ON the DHW production will only become active if the system reac
149. ater operation status field setting 4 00 is turned on see Field settings on page 4 21 Check whether or not the thermal protector of the backup heater has been activated refer to Main components Thermal protector backup heater on page 6 for location of the reset button Check whether booster heater and backup heater are configured to operate simulaneously field setting 4 02 see Field settings on page 4 21 Check whether or not the thermal fuse of the backup heater is blown refer to Main components Thermal fuse on page 6 for location of the reset button The backup heater equilibrium temperature has not been configured correctly Raise the equilibrium temperature field setting 5 01 to activate backup heater operation at a higher outdoor temperature Too much heat pump capacity is used for domestic water heating applies only to installa tions with a domestic hot water tank Check that the space heating priority temperature field settings are configured appropriately Make sure that the space heating priority status field setting 5 02 is enabled Raise the space heating priority temperature field setting 5 03 to activate booster heater operation at a higher outdoor temperature Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 23 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 4 Procedure of Self Diagnosis by Remote Controller The inspection test button Remark The following
150. ating domestic hot water A3P Thermostat PC power circuit PHC1 Optocoupler input circuit A4P Solar remote alarm PCB Q1L Thermal protector backup heater E1H E2H Backup heater element 1 2 Q2L Thermal protector booster heater E4H Booster heater 3kW Q1DI Earth leakage protector F1B Fuse backup heater R1T Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor F2B Fuse booster heater R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor FAT Thermal fuse backup heater R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor FU1 Fuse 3 15A T 250 V for PCB R4T Inlet water thermistor FU2 Fuse 5A T 250V for pump R5T Domestic hot water thermistor FuS FuR Fuse 5A 250V for solar remote alarm PCB S1L Flowswitch K1M K2M Contactor backup heater step 1 2 S1S Solar pumpstation relay K3M Contactor booster heater 551 Dip switch K4M Pump relay TR1 Transformer 24 V for PCB K5M Contactor for backup heater all pole X1M X9M Terminal strips disconnection K7M Relay for solar pump V1S V2S Spark suppression 1 2 Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the hydro box 2 Use one and same dedicated power supply for hydro box outdoor unit and EKSWW option 3 a Field wiring ed Normal open Normal closed Single pole single throw 4 Terminal strip xs Connector e Terminal Protective earth 5 Do not operate the unit by short circuiting any protection device 6 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 7
151. ating mode timer field settings defines the minimum and maximum domestic water heating times and minimum time between two domestic water heating cycli m 8 00 Minimum running time specifies the minimum time period during which domestic water heating should be activated even when the target domestic water temperature has already been reached m 8 01 Maximum running time specifies the maximum time period during which domestic water heating can be activated even when the target domestic water temperature has not yet been reached Note that when the unit is configured to work with a room thermostat refer to Room thermostat installation configuration on page 17 the maximum running timer will only be taken into account when there is a request for space cooling or space heating When there is no request for room cooling or room heating domestic water heating by the heat pump will continue until the heat pump OFF temperature see field settings 5 is reached When no room thermostat is installed the timer is always taken into account m 8 02 Anti recycling time specifies the minimum required interval between two domestic water heating cycli ee die EE E EE NE lt gt lt t 8 01 8 02 1 Domestic water heating 1 active 0 not active 2 Hot water request 1 request 0 no request t Time Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 25 Field settings
152. block the pump rotor 6 Disconnect the connector of the flow switch on the PCB X4A and measure the resistance value on the connector of the flow switch At a restart of the system the pump will operate for 15 seconds before error code occurs Use this 15 seconds to confirm the resistance value of the flow switch before the pump will be stopped due to error 7H 3 46 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Hydro box 2 5 BH Hydro box Outlet water temperature too high gt 65 C Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes Troubleshooting ca zc The malfunction is detected by outlet water thermistor after backup heater R2T The error is generated in case the outlet water temperature is higher than 65 C m Malfunction of the outlet water thermistor R2T m Malfunction of the backup heater relays K1M K2M m Incase of combination of boiler m incorrect cooperation of systems Check the thermistor connector connection Is it Normal Correct the connection Yes k 4 Check N 04 Thermistor resistance check Kirn No Replace the thermistor Yes Backup heater relay K1M K2M contacts are open External heat source in the water circuit No Y Replace the hydro box PCB A1P Replace the applicable relay Yes Improper combinat
153. board equipped with resin case gt Correct the refrigerant system defect See also m Check No 7 Evaluation of Abnormal Low Pressure on page 3 111 m Check No 11 Outdoor unit Check for Power Transistor on page 3 115 3 58 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units Graphs Outdoor unit PC board A2P 5V X64A Red 2 GND Black Ld e Microcomputer White D A D input a 5 2 Measure voltage here V2809 S 1 5 z amp o 10 9 amp 0 5 59 9 9 0 0 5 pt L 0 5 0 05 1 15 2 25 3 35 4 V Output voltage V oe PL 0 57V 0 28 PL detected pressure Mpa V output voltage V Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 59 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 3 5 E5 Compressor Motor Lock Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes ra Inverter PC board takes the position signal from UVWN line connected between the inverter and compressor and detects the position signal pattern The position signal with 3 times cycle as imposed frequency is detected when compressor motor operates normally but 2 times cycle when compressor motor locks When the position signal in
154. ch Fan motor thermal protector Fuse Item Tie wraps Quantity 2 Item Installation manual Quantity 1 Notes 1 The sound pressure level is measured via a microphone at a certain distance from the unit It is a relative value depending on the distance and acoustic environment Refer to sound spectrum drawing for more information 2 Down to 3 m with recharging of the outdoor unit Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit 1 38 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Specifications Electrical The table below contains the electrical specifications specifications Specification Heating only type Reversible type ERHQ011AAW1 ERHQ014AAW1 ERHQO16AAW1 ERHQO11AAW1 ERHQ014AAW1 ERHQO16AAW1 indoor units EKHBHO016A EKHBHO16A EKHBHO16A EKHBX016A EKHBX016A EKHBX016A wi Power supply Name Phase 3N Frequency 50 Hz Voltage 400 V Current Nominal running current Cooling Heating 58A Starting current cooling heating un Zmax 5 Minimum Sg value Maximum running current Cooling 13 5 14 ERHQ W1 ERHQ W18 Heating Recommended fuses 20A Voltage range Minimum 360 V Maximum 440 V Wire connections For power supply Quantity Remark See installation manual outdoor unit 4PW42025 1 For connection with hydro box Quantity Remark See installation manual outdoor unit 4PW42025 1 Power supply in
155. changer thermistor FAT Thermal fuse backup heater R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor FU1 Fuse 3 15A T 250 V for PCB R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor FU2 Fuse 5A T 250V for pump R4T Inlet water thermistor FuS FuR Fuse 5A 250V for solar remote alarm PCB RST Domestic hot water thermistor K1M K2M Contactor backup heater step 1 2 S1L Flowswitch K3M Contactor booster heater S1S Solar pumpstation relay K4M Pump relay 551 Dip switch K5M Contactor for backup heater all pole X1M X9M Terminal strips disconnection K7M Relay for solar pump V1S V2S Spark suppression 1 2 Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the hydro box 2 Use one and same dedicated power supply for hydro box outdoor unit and EKSWW option ar Field wiring NC Normal open Normal closed I Single pole single throw 4 Terminal strip xs Connector ve Terminal Protective earth 5 Do not operate the unit by short circuiting any protection device 6 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 7 For EKSWWU V3 refer to option manual Symbols Wiring dependent on model NE Field wiring Option Field wiring PCB Wire colour BRN Part 1 System Outline 1 97 ESIE08 01 02 924 9Snj MMSI3 02 VOL gld NM6 NM9 esnj uondo MMS 3
156. ctional Description ESIE08 01 General Functionality 1 7 Forced Thermostat OFF Outline The unit will perform the forced thermostat off function in following conditions Condition 1 Cooling m Thermostat off due to freeze up prevention Based on the judgment to prevent the indoor heat exchanger from freezing the thermostat is forcedly turned OFF m Thermostat off due to low outdoor temperature When the outside temperature is lt 10 DB in Coding mode the unit will conduct a forced thermostat off operation to protect the system Condition 2 Heating Thermostat off due to low high outdoor temperature m When the outside temperature is for W1 lt 25 CDB gt 35 CDB and for V3 lt 20 CDB gt 35 CDB in heating mode the unit will conduct a forced thermostat off operation to protect the system Condition 3 Hot water operation Thermostat off due to low high outdoor temperature m When the outside temperature is for W1 lt 25 CDB gt 35 CDB and for V3 lt 20 CDB gt 35 CDB in Hot water operation mode the unit will conduct a forced thermostat off operation to protect the System Note See also 1 12 Prevention Function on page 2 17 Part 2 Functional Description 2 11 General Functionality ESIE08 01 1 8 Test Run Control Purpose Automatic test run Note When operating the units for the first time after installation the unit will depending on
157. d ON detection Detect by checking the following temperature differences during compressor operation A Difference in temperature detected by the indoor liquid thermistor R3T and the indoor suction air thermistor R1T B Difference in evaporation temperature Te or condensation temperature Tc during heating operation detected by the indoor heat exchanger thermistor R2T and the compressor sensor Malfunction When the inter unit wiring between the indoor and outdoor units is incorrect decision conditions When the following conditions continue for 20 minutes during compressor operation A R2T RIT lt 4 C and B R2T Te or Tc during heating operation 14 C 24 C during heating operation Supposed causes m Faulty inter unit wiring between the indoor and outdoor units m Refrigerant shortage out of gas m Clogged refrigerant piping system Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 99 Error Codes System Malfunctions ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Does UF YES appear when the power is turned ON The phase of inter unit wiring between the indoor and outdoor units is incorrect gt Correctly connect inter unit wiring between the indoor connection of and outdoor units nter unit wiring and piping NO between the hydro box and Match the connection of outdoor units the inter unit wiring and matched piping between the indoor and outdoor units I
158. door Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 2 2 Function Outline in Cooling Mode Flow chart Cooling Power supply ON 4 Initialize motorized valve Initialize microcomputer v Crank case heater control Turn on the power to crankcase heater Y Remote controller ON operation judgment Cooling Operation Emergency mode judgment Heating Emergency x operation Cooling Heating Thermostat ON judgment v Starting control 4 way valve changeover Hot start control lt Normal control Compressor step control Inverter current protection control Motorized valve PI control Inverter fin temperature protection control Low pressure protection control Overall current protection control High pressure protection control Low outdoor temperature cooling control Discharge pipe temperature protection control Simulated operation Oil recovery Thermostat OFF judgment Remote Malfunction operation starting Thermostat OFF by lt A gt Tr control Standby stop judgment operation judgment udament Thermostat OFF by freeze up OFF Juag protection judgment Oil recovery operation Oil recovery Restart standby lt operation ending judgment 2 36 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 3 Frequency
159. duct a test operation to ensure that the equipment operates normally and explain the cautions for operating the product to the customer 1 2 1 Caution in Repair Warning The caution items are classified into Warning and Caution The Warning items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not followed closely The Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some conditions if they are not followed Warning Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before disas sembling the equipment for a repair Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an electrical shook If itis necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or inspecting the circuits do not touch any electrically charged sections of the equipment If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work do not touch the dis charging refrigerant gas The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the welded section release the refrigerant gas completely at a well ventilated place first If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor the refrigerant gas or refrig erating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected and it can cause injury If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work ventilate the area The refrigerant gas can generate toxic
160. ducting electrical work Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an electrical shock or fire Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor units Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units make sure that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable If the cover is not mounted properly the terminal connection section can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire Do not damage or modify the power cable Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire Placing heavy items on the power cable and heating or pulling the power cable can damage the cable Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant R 410A in the refrig erant system If air enters the refrigerating system an excessively high pressure results causing equipment damage and injury If the refrigerant gas leaks be sure to locate the leak and repair it before charging the refrigerant After charging refrigerant make sure that there is no refrigerant leak If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped be sure to perform pump down and close the service valve to prevent t
161. e Thermistors 3 106 Check No 4 Resistance Conversion Table Ambient Coil Fin 3 107 Check No 5 Resistance Conversion Table Discharge Pipe Sensor 3 109 Check No 6 Evaluation of Abnormal High Pressure 3 110 Check No 7 Evaluation of Abnormal Low 3 111 Check No 8 Clogged 3 112 Check No 9 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Line 3 113 Check No 10 Outdoor unit Fan Speed 3 114 Check No 11 Outdoor unit Check for Power 3 115 Check No 13 Check for Inadequate 3 116 Check No 14 Check for Excessive Refrigerant Charging 3 118 Check No 15 Check for Factors Causing Wet Operation 3 119 What Is in This Chapter 4 3 Ghecks before Test RUN e sena rmv uas 4 4 Test Run Operation Manual senem 4 7 What Is in This Chapter 4 9 Operation of the User interface Inspection Test Operation Button 4 10 Overview of the Field Settings of the 4 11 Overview of the Field Setting on the Outdoor Unit
162. e heat exchanger outlet superheat value is calculated from the saturated suction temperature Te using indoor coil sensor in cooling outdoor coil sensor in heating and the suction pipe temperature RAT SH R4T Te The discharge superheat value is calculated from the saturated discharge temperature Td HP value calculated out of PI frequency and Te or Tc and the discharge pipe temperature R3T SH R3T Td or R3T or SH whichever is the lowest 2 54 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 4 3 Discharge Pipe Temperature Protection Control Outline The expansion valve opening will be controlled in order to avoid abnormal high compressor discharge temperatures see also compressor operating frequency control Details Normal control gt 95 lt 80 Electronic expansion valve opening Td 90 C Electronic expansion valve opening degree lower limit degree lower limit 5 pulses Cooling for 2 minutes amp 5 pulses Cooling for 2 minutes amp heating for 1 minute heating for 1 minute gt 100 Electronic expansion valve opening degree lower limit 10 pulses Cooling for 2 minutes amp heating for 1 minute Td Compressor discharge pipe temperature Part 2 Functional Description 2 55 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 5 Outdoor Unit Fan Speed Control
163. e is the following value 0 12 MPa or less continues for 5 minutes The stop valve remains closed Faulty pressure sensor and intermittent harness Faulty outdoor PC board Abnormal drop of low pressure inadequate refrigerant Abnormal refrigerant piping system liquid pipe system Faulty electronic expansion valve Part Troubleshooting 3 57 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Is the stop valve open NO Open the stop valve ls it in cooling operation NO ls the heat exchanger distribution pipe thermistor connector X124 properly connected to the outdoor PC YES In cooling operation Connect the connector properly pressure sensor connector X17A properly connected to the A1p PC board gt Replace the low pressure sensor Remove the thermistor from the outdoor PC board and measure YES resistance between the pins 5 and 6 Measure the voltage between the connector pins 1 and 3 above refer to 1 Is it normal Replace the group thermistor s the relation between low pressure and voltage normal refer to 2 NO Replace the low pressure sensor Is low pressure abnormally low NO Replace the outdoor PC board A1P ERHQ V3 Replace the Control PC board A1P ERHQ W1 Replace the PC
164. e water circuit of the hydro box Yes hydraulically from the hydro box via a balance vessel No The resistance value on the No Measured value should be open loop connector of the flow switch is lower than 1 ohm Replace hydro box PCB Yes Remove the flow switch and confirm if the flow switch is blocked by dirt Remove the dirt and confirm correct operation via measure resistance value on the connector of the flow switch After dirt is removed and spoon is located vertical resistance value should be lower than 1 ohm IConfirm the condition of the filter in the water circuit Is the flow switch blocked by dirt No M Replace flow switch 1 Disconnect the connector of the flow switch on the PCB X4A and measure the resistance value on the connector of the flow switch Part Troubleshooting 3 51 Error Codes Hydro box ESIE08 01 2 8 Hydro box Domestic hot water tank temperature too high gt 89 C Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes ru The malfunction is detected by domestic hot water tank thermistor R5T The error is generated in case the domestic hot water temperature rise above 89 m Malfunction of the domestic hot water tank thermistor R5T m incorrect parameters on the solar pump station Trouble
165. er compressor have the circuit breaker replaced Is there power Wait until power returns failure NO 15 operation YES switch pressed gt Normal repeatedly Equipment starts operation 3 minutes later 3 min standby Operation lamp YES LCD remote controller Diagnose based on error code on NO ina remote controller ls thermostat changed and YES NO gt Normal reset again Equipment starts operation 3 NO NO minutes later 3 min standby Possibly faulty electric Check electric system component Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part Troubleshooting Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 3 2 Indoor Pump Operates but Compressor does not Applicable model ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes Faulty thermistor Faulty indoor outdoor unit PC board Faulty magnetic switch Faulty power transistor Faulty compressor Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Caution Hydro box pump runs at set flow rate Is the power switch OFF or ie for YES gt Turn on the power E Switch or replace fuse ls the heating Switch turned on at outdoor YES s Normal bes 5 Thermostat OFF by outdoor tem
166. er limit step 7 OR 8 bar Condition A Condition B Compression ratio lt 1 8 Y Upper limit step 6 Condition A Condition B y Upper limit step 5 Condition A Condition B v Upper limit step 4 Condition A Condition B v Upper limit step 3 Condition A Condition B b d Upper limit step 2 Condition A Condition B Vv Tfin lt 66 C Upper limit step 1 90 seconds have passed HP lt 16 bar AP lt 8 bar Compression ratio 1 8 Upper limit step 0 Outdoor fan OFF H HP 37 bar HP 29 bar AP 11 bar Compression ratio 2 4 Condition B 90 seconds have passed HP 23 bar OR Compression AP 10 bar amp ratio 2 2 HP 17 bar Tfin lt 81 OR AP 9 bar amp 4 Compression ratio 2 0 Part 2 Functional Description 2 49 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 Frequency restriction in cooling Normal control Upper limit 014 frecuency 174 Hz limit 41 Hz recuency gt 21 014 016 Upper limit frequency 139 Hz Lower limit frequency TENZ Heating High outdoor ambient overload conditions In heating overload conditions the outdoor fan speed will be adapted to secure the differential pressure between high and low pressure Hp Lp gt 0 69 MPa OR Hp Lp gt 1 08 MPa 1 Hp lt 3 53 MPa ormal o
167. eration of the pressure relief outlet valve by turning the red knob on the valve coun ter clockwise m If you do not hear a clacking sound contact your local Daikin dealer m Incase the water keeps running out of the unit close both the water inlet and outlet shut off valves first and then contact your local Daikin dealer Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 21 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 3 12 The User Interface Displays NOT AVAILABLE when Pressing Certain Buttons Applicable models EKSWW U 150 300V3 Z2 EKHWS U 150 300V3 EKHWS200 300Z2 EKHWE150 300V3 EKHWE200 300Z2 EKHB 016A ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes corrective action Possible causes Corrective action The current permission level is set to a level that Change the user permission level field setting prevents using the pressed button 0 00 see page 4 18 3 22 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 3 13 Space Heating Capacity Shortage at Low Outdoor Temperatures Applicable models Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes corrective action EKSWW U 150 300V3 Z2 EKHWS U 150 300V3 EKHWS200 300Z2 EKHWE150 300V3 EKHWE200 300Z2 EKHB 016A ERHQ011 016AA Possible causes Corrective action Backup heater operation is not activated Check that the backup he
168. es Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Is the secondary current of the inverter higher than A see below for each phase YES Turn the main power supply off and then disconnect the connection between the compressor and inverter Continuity check in the power transistor IGBT Is the continuity normal Is the inverter output voltage generated approximately at the same increasing speed on each phase after turning on again U V V W W U NO Compressor overload Inspection of the compressor and refrigerant system is required NO Replace the inverter PC board A1P ERHQ V3 A2P ERHQ W1 When operating compressor with compressor output line disconnected the compressor stops due to malfunction after elapsed time of 5 seconds Therefore check the voltage increase for 5 seconds gt Replace the inverter PC board A1P ERHQ V3 A2P ERHQ W1 Electronic thermal detection value gt Compressor inspection Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for abnormal noises vibration operating status etc of the compressor Detection value ERHQ011 016AAV3 31A x 5 seconds or 20 1A x 260 seconds ERHQ011 016AAW1 Cooling 17A x 5 seconds or 10 6A x 260 seconds Heating 17A x 5 seconds or 12 6A x 260 seconds See also Check No 11 Ou
169. ession 1 2 pump Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the hydro box 2 Use one and same dedicated power supply for hydro box outdoor unit and EKSWW option 3 a Field wiring ed Normal open Normal closed Single pole single throw 4 Terminal strip xs Connector e Terminal Protective earth 5 Do not operate the unit by short circuiting any protection device 6 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 7 For EKSWWU V3 refer to option manual Symbols Wiring dependent on model Field wiring Option Field wiring PCB Wire colour BRN Part 1 System Outline 1 101 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams 5 D S gt lt e t i o z 2 o gt tc 2 T E 3 Ar S a D iring W Wiring diagram 6 10 SLNAW3TA 30 NOLLISOd ASSV OdWOO 3 NOH y 3ONVHAIN3 3HIM A WNIAH3L HOSS3HdWOO n NOILISOd re Ho Joopino
170. f power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 13 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 3 5 Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes Applicable model ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes Faulty installation m Excess charge of refrigerant m Air intrudes into refrigerant system Flushing noise due to refrigerant shortage Sound of shoo 3 14 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Does the noise generate with YES Installation work side vibration of whole ceilings and walls Does the noise generate with YES vibration of unit mounting section Is the piping mS Continuous secured Power supply side YES Does the fan contact with just after operation start or Stop or defrosting start other parts NO Does the pipe contact with casing NO ls the noise flushing stop NO J gt YES Creak during YES heating and after operation sound from pressure reducing valve or capillary tube YES gt Is this an impact noise at the start end of defrosting NO Excess charge of refrigerant Air intrudes into refriger
171. fety device was activated before resetting it Under no circumstances safety devices may be bridged or changed to a value other than the factory setting If the cause of the problem cannot be found call your local Daikin dealer If the pressure relief valve is not working correctly and is to be replaced always reconnect the flexible hose attachted to the pressure relief valve to avoid water dripping out of the unit General symptoms Equipment Condition Remedy 1 3 1 Equipment does not Operate See page 3 7 1 3 2 Indoor Pump Operates but Compressor does not See page 3 8 1 3 3 Cooling Heating Operation Starts but Stops Immediately See page 3 10 1 3 4 After Unit Shuts Down It cannot be Restarted for a While See page 3 12 1 3 5 Equipment Produces Loud Noise or Shakes See page 3 14 1 3 6 Remote Controller LCD Displays 88 See page 3 16 1 3 7 The Unit is Turned on y LED is lit but the Unit is not Heating See page 3 17 or Cooling as Expected 1 3 8 The Unit is Turned on but the Compressor is not Starting See page 3 18 Space Heating or Domestic Heating 1 3 9 Pump is Making Noise Cavitation See page 3 19 1 3 10 The Water Pressure Relief Valve Opens See page 3 20 1 3 11 The Water Pressure Relief Valve Leaks See page 3 21 1 3 12 The User Interface Displays n when Pressing Certain But See page 3 22 tons 1 3 13 Space Heating Capacity Shortage at Low Outdoor Tempera See page 3 23 ture
172. fications The table below contains the technical specifications Specification Casing Dimensions Weight Packing Main components Temperature sensor Piping connections EKSWWU150V3 EKSWWU200V3 EKSWWU300V3 EKHWSU150 V3 EKHWSU150 V3 EKHWSU150 V3 Colour Neutral white Material Epoxy coated mild steel Packing Height 1040 mm 1280 mm 1735 mm Width 600 mm Depth 600 mm Unit Height 1015 mm 1265 mm 1715 mm Width 580 mm Depth 580 mm Machine weight 38 kg 46 kg 60 kg Gross weight EKSWW 41 kg 50 kg 65 kg Gross weight EKHWS 43 kg 52 kg 67 kg Material EPS Carton Weight 3kg 4 kg 5kg Tank Water volume 1501 2001 285 Material Stainless steel DIN 1 4521 Max temperature 85 C Max water pressure 10 bar Insulation Material Polyurethane foam Insulation Min thickness 40 mm Heat exchanger Quantity 1 Material EKSWW Stainless steel DIN 1 4401 Material EKHWS Duplex steel LDX 2101 Booster heater Quantity 1 Capacity kW Cable length 12m Water inlet H E Diameter 3 4 FBSP inch Water outlet H E Diameter 3 4 FBSP inch Cold water in Diameter 3 4 FBSP inch Hot water out Diameter 3 4 FBSP inch The table below contains the electrical specifications Specification Unit EKSWWU150V3 EKSWWU200V3 EKSWWU300V3 EKHWSU150 V3 EKHWSU150 V3 EKHWSU150 V3 Power
173. for Factors Causing Wet Operation on page 3 119 Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 3 8 F3 Malfunctioning in Discharge Pipe Temperature Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes LL Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe temperature sensor m When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly Faulty discharge pipe thermistor Faulty connection of discharge pipe thermistor Insufficient refrigerant amount Faulty compressor Disconnection of discharge pipe thermistor 3 68 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units Troubleshooting Is the discharge pipe temperature high 115 C Abnormality in refrigerant system such as gas shortage faulty compressor etc Conduct inspection Is the discharge pipe thermistor correctly connected to PCB A1P Connect correctly and operate the unit again Is the discharge pipe thermistor attached to the discharge pipe Attach the thermistor and operate the unit again Is the discharge pipe thermistor characteristic normal 9
174. frequency is controlled in order to keep a constant evaporation temperature in cooling and a constant condensing temperature in heating The frequency can be changed every 20 seconds The maximum frequency change 2 steps change max 6 steps min During abnormal situations e g inverter current protection the change per step is also 2 steps change but the 20 seconds interval may be decreased so a quicker change is possible Note When other control functions are activated e g discharge pipe control they can change the compressor frequency using other inputs than the ones normally being used by the General frequency control function Cooling In cooling the target operation frequency will be determined by the indoor At and the evaporating temperature At cool Remote controller set temperature Outlet water temperature Depending on the cooling load the target evaporating temperature Te will be a value between 2 C lt Te lt 20 C TBC Heating In heating the target operation frequency will be determined by the indoor At and the condensing temperature At heat Outlet water temperature Remote controller set temperature Depending on the heating load the target condensing temperature Tc will be a value between 28 C Tc lt 58 C TBC 2 40 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept Frequency steps The operating frequency for the inverter units will be a value chosen from a list w
175. frosting Time chart The time chart below illustrates the 4 way valve control ON Compressor OFF Cooling Unit mode Heating Defrosting OFF 4 way valve ON OFF Part 2 Functional Description 2 13 General Functionality ESIE08 01 1 10 Pump Down And Forced Defrost Operation Outline Note Procedure Note This unit is equipped with an automatic pump down operation which will collect all refrigerant from the field piping and hydro box in the outdoor unit To protect the environment make sure to perform the following pump down operation when relocating or disposing of the unit The outdoor unit is equipped with a low pressure sensor to protect the compressor by switching it off Never short circuit the low pressure sensor during pump down operation Q amp ND Stop space and DHW demand Red LED OFF and shower icon not displayed and select Max pump speed Switch OFF ON the power supply of the outdoor unit Activate pump down forced defrost on outdoor PCB via BS4 press for at least 5 seconds The compressor and outdoor fan will start automatically Request space heating via remote controller on hydro box asap in order to activate the circulation pump prevent PHE freeze up and allow BUH operation if required a Forced defrost can be stopped by pressing BS4
176. fter check valve lf YES the check valve is caught Is the LPS normal Check continuity using a tester Is the refrigerant gas short Conduct refrigerant collection and vacuum drying and then add proper amount refrigerant Part Troubleshooting 3 111 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 5 9 Check No 8 Clogged Points Temperature differences must occur before or after the clogged points Wo ON Do Ta e Lad Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit Check points Check factor Causes Remedies 1 Around Temperature m Dust Replace the expansion difference Choked moisture expansion valve mechanism m Reduced effective pipe diameter due to adherent contamination etc 2 Accumulator Frosting m Choked moisture Blow a nitrogen gas and then replace the refrigerant 3 Distributor Temperature m Dust Replace the heat difference Ohsk d metum exchanger or distributor m Reduced effective pipe diameter due to adherent contamination etc 4 Field piping Temperature m Collapsed pipe Replace the pipe difference 5 Stop valve Temperature m Thestop valveis notfully Open the stop valve difference open fully 3 112 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting
177. function of the backup heater Check the thermal protector Q1L Flow error occured during fuse F1T of the backi use of the backup defrost operation Yes Yes No No Check the backup heater fuse F1B 6 when the pump is running the resistance value on the connector of the flow switch is lower than 1 ohm Yes Check the circuit for blockages No M Replace the flow switch Power supply Control signal 230V to relay KAM is OK to relay coil is OK X15A Power supply 230V towards the hydro box pump is OK Replace the relay No Yes T Replace the fuse FU2 Replace the hydro box PCB A1P Hydro box pump No Replace the hydro box pump is blocked Yes Unblock the pump 5 1 When the pump starts push the ON OFF button manometer needle moves pump vibrations can be detect In case unclear perform item A 2 When the pump runs pump signal is displayed on the interface controller The pump will run for 15 seconds before error code 7H will be displayed In order perform item A completely several pump restarts can be required 3 Check the installation manual for the minimum required water pressure in the system 4 Check the installation manual for the external static pressure values of the different pump speeds 5 Close the shut off valves reduce the water pressure check manometer Remove the front screw to un
178. g 3 17 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 3 8 The Unit is Turned on but the Compressor is not Starting Space Heating or Domestic Heating Applicable models EKSWW U 150 300V3 Z2 EKHWS U 150 300V3 EKHWS200 300Z2 EKHWE150 300V3 EKHWE200 300Z2 EKHB 016A ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes corrective action Possible causes Corrective action The unit must start up out of its operation range the water temperature is too low In case of low water temperature the system uti lizes the backup heater to reach the minimum water temperature first 15 m Checkthatthe backup heater power supply is correct m Checkthat the backup heater thermal fuse is closed m Checkthat the thermal protector backup heater is not activated m Checkthat the backup heater contactors are not broken 3 18 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 3 9 Pump is Making Noise Cavitation Applicable models EKSWW U 150 300V3 Z2 EKHWS U 150 300V3 5200 300272 EKHWE150 300V3 EKHWE200 300Z2 EKHB 016A ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes corrective action Possible causes Corrective action There is air in the system Purge air Water pressure at pump inlet is too low m Checkon the manometer that there is sufficient water pressure The wa
179. ge 3 1 Operation Range ERHQ011 016AAV3 4 38 3 2 Operation Range ERHQ011 016AAW1 4 40 3 3 External Static Pressure 4 42 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 37 Test Run and Operation Data ESIE08 01 3 1 Operation Range ERHQ011 016AAV3 Conditions Operation range Cooling Operation range Heating The illustrations in this section are based on the following conditions m Equivalent piping length 7 5 m m Level difference 0 m m Air flow rate High The illustration below shows the operation range 4 outdoor temp 46 F leaving evaporator water temperature The illustration below shows the operation range NO HEAT PUMP OPERATION BACK UP HEATER ONLY leaving condensor water temperature A outdoor temp CDB 35 0 20 __ 0734 o 5 25 40 35 4 38 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Test Run and Operation Data DHW mode The illustration below shows the operation range A outdoor temp CDB g ea BOOSTER HEATER OPERATION ONLY 0 water temperature DM domestic hot water tank C 4 25 40 55 80 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 39 Test Run and Operation Data 3 2 Operation Range ERHQ011 016AAW1 Conditions Operation range Cooling Operation range Heati
180. ged Points on page 3 112 Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part Troubleshooting 3 93 Error Codes System Malfunctions ESIE08 01 4 3 Uc Abnormal Power Supply Voltage Remote controller ue display Method of Malfunction is detected according to the voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and malfunction power supply voltage detection Malfunction When the voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage drop decision conditions m for V3 only 150 170 VAC or when the power failure of several tons of ms or longer is generated or DC voltage is not in range of 305 380 VDC m for W1 only 300 320 VAC or when the power failure of several tons of ms or longer is generated or DC voltage is not in scope of 508 620 VDC Remote controller does not decide the abnormality Supposed causes Drop in power supply voltage 180 V or less Instantaneous power failure Inverter open phase Phase T Faulty main circuit wiring Faulty outdoor inverter PC board Main circuit parts damaged 3 94 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes System Malfunctions Troubleshooting Check LED on outdoor unit PC board Is the voltage insufficient NO gt Other factors voltage between 220 240 NO VAC 10 Field factors Is the wiring cor
181. ger middle F1U F3U F4U Fuse T 6 3A 250V R6T Thermistor liquid F6U Fuse T 5 0A 250V RC Signal receiver circuit F7U F8U Fuse F 1 0A 250V R10T Thermistor fin H1P 7P A2P Light emitting diode serv monitor orange S1NPH Pressure sensor H2P prepare test flickering S1PH Pressure switch high H2P malfunction detection light up TC Signal transmission circuit HAP A1P Light emitting diode service monitor green VIR Power module K1R Magnetic relay Y1S V2R V3R Diode module K4R Magnetic relay E1HC V1T IGBT K10R Magnetic relay X1M Terminal strip power supply K11R Magnetic relay Electronic expansion valve L1R Reactor Y1S Solenoid valve 4 way valve M1C Motor compressor Z1C Z3C Noise filter ferrity core M1F Motor fan upper Z1F Z4F Noise filter M2F Motor fan lower Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the outdoor unit 2 L Live N Neutral m Field wiring 3 Terminal strip Connector Protective earth screw Connection Noiseless earth Relay connector O Orange BLK Black Refer to the option manual for connecting wiring to X6A Refer to the wiring diagram sticker on back of front plate on how to use BS1 BS4 and DS1 switch Do not operate the unit by short circuiting protection device S1PH Colours BLU Blue Brown GRN Green RED Red WHT White YLW Yellow ORG 8 Confirm the method of setting the selector sw
182. h an thermostat OFF for cooling or heating Part 2 Functional Description 2 27 Hydro box Functional Concept ESIE08 01 2 9 Remark Booster heater operation Booster heater thermostat ON When the water temperature in tank drops 2 C below target DHW setting 7 00 Booster heater operates Tpuw on m Delay timer of 20 95 minutes starts setting 8 03 After this delayed time booster heater operates Tpuw2 Tup m Delay timer of 20 minutes fixed starts After this delayed time booster heater operates Booster heater thermostat OFF stops operation When the water temperature in tank reach target DHW setting 7 00 Delay timer is reset Booster heater operation prohibition permission can be determined by schedule timer 2 28 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 10 Backup heater operation Normal backup heater operation Remark Start up control by space heating operation In order to provide bigger heating capacity by low outdoor temperatures the backup heater can will provide additional capacity Backup heater permission decision BUH operation permission prohibition by setting 4 00 Backup heater priority decision BUH operation priority by setting 4 01 BUH operation ON m BUH permissioned to operate 4 00 1 m Ambient temperature lt Setting 5 01 equilibrium temperature Request
183. h pressure resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging A manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard accessories Differences Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging Charge mouthpiece Specifications For R410A 1 4 5 16 2min 2 5min Material is changed from CR to H NBR Differences Change of thread specification on hose connection side For the R410A use Change of sealer material for the HFCs use xvii Introduction ESIE08 01 xviii ESIE08 01 Part 1 System Outline What is in this part This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 General Outline Altherma 1 3 2 Specifications 1 33 3 Functional Diagrams 1 49 4 Piping Diagrams 1 59 5 Switch Box Layout 1 71 6 Wiring Diagrams 1 85 7 Layout 1 117 Part 1 System Outline 1 1 ESIE08 01 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 General Outline Altherma 1 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction General outline This chapter contains the following information on the Altherma m Outlook and dimensions Installation and service space Components Physical limitations and limits of operation Drainpan kit necessity This chapter contains the following general outlines
184. he fan motor decision conditions running conditions are met m When connector detecting fan speed is disconnected When malfunction is generated 4 times the system shuts down Supposed causes Malfunction of fan motor The harness connector between fan motor and PC board is left in disconnected or faulty connector ERHQWT only faulty connector X191A L4R Fan does not run due to foreign matters tangled Malfunction of the outdoor inverter PC board Blowout of fuse 3 62 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units Troubleshooting s the supply voltage within the range 180 to 220 VAC NO Ask repair so that the supply voltage will be within the normal range Turn OFF the power again and wait for 10 minutes outdoor PC board Is the connector X191A of reactor coil LAR correctly connected Properly connect the connector Is there any foreign matter around the fan No Remove the foreign matter Remove the fan motor connector Is the fan NO rotatable easily gt Replace the fan motor by hand YES ei e check the resistance value for the fan motor 9 See also Check No 9 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Line on page 3 113 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 63 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 tls the
185. he refrigerant gas from leaking into the room The refrigerant gas itself is harmless but it can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames such as fan and other heaters stoves and ranges ESIE08 01 Introduction Warning When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller be sure to disposed of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it If a child swallows the coin battery see a doctor immediately Cautions Caution Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the conditions of the installation site to prevent electrical shocks Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of combus tible gas leaks If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit it can cause a fire Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly For integral units If the packing and seal are not installed properly water can enter the room and wet the furniture and floor 1 2 3 Inspection after Repair Warning Warning Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose then insert the plug into a power outlet all the way If the plug has dust or loose connection it can cause an electrical shock or fire If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated be sure to replace them Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrica
186. hed pipe EE Spinned pipe Part 1 System Outline 1 65 Piping Diagrams ESIE08 01 4 5 Piping Diagram for EKSWWU150 300V3 FIELD INSTALLATION DELIVERED WITH INDOOR UNIT OVERVIEW OPTION DOMESTIC HOT WATER TANK WATER RETURN WATER FLOW WATER MAIN OUT f WATER MAIN IN piel FIELD INSTALLATION DELIVERED WITH EKUSWW KIT Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Piping Diagrams Components The table below contains the different components of the functional diagrams z 9 Shut off valve 3 way motorized valve M3S 2 way solenoid valve 15 Drain valve T piece Tundish Expansion vessel T piece OO MO N ao wy Expansion relief valve Pressure reducing valve with integrated non return valve line strainer R5T Domestic hot water thermistor Field installation delivered with EKUSWW kit EKUHWA kit Field installation delivered with EKUHWB kit Field installation delivered with EKUHW2B kit only with EKSOLHWAV1 Field installation EKSWWU field supplied EKHWSU A field supplied EKHWSU B delivered with EKHWSU B Symbols The table below contains the different symb
187. hermal fuse F1T X2M 11 12 The F1T is conductive No Replace the backup heater Check the condition of the BUH thermal protector Q1L X2M 12 A1 The Q1L is conductive No Reset the thermal protector Yes Turn ON the power supply to the hydro box PCB Remark Power supply is performed via outdoor unit Power supply 230V towards the safety relay K5M is OK K5M N A1 A2 Check the condition of the safety relay K5M contact 5 13 14 The contact 13 14 is conductive Replace the safety relay Dipswitch SS2 2 is ON Set dipswitch SS2 2 OFF Reset the error code and switch the power OFF and ON 1 Domestic hot water tank is connected Yes gt Yes No Replace hydro box PCB Is the of the tank tripped Q2L or Q3L Is the relay K3M open Is the relay K3M open Yes Reset the error code and Switch the power OFF and ON 1 Yes Yes gt Reset the tank clixon No No Replace K3M and reset clixon No Replace hydro box Is the connector X21A properly connected Properly connect the connector Is the connection ori X2M 13 14 properly done No Connect the field wires properly on X2M 13 14 Yes Is the connection on Q2L or in the tan
188. ic hot water temperature thermistor abnormality E1 Outdoor unit PC board malfunction E3 High pressure malfunction outdoor unit E4 Abnormality of low pressure outdoor Failure of low pressure sensor system Check if the stop valve is open E5 Compressor motor lock malfunction Compressor motor lock incorrect wiring E7 Outdoor fan motor lock or outdoor fan instantaneous overcurrent malfunction E9 Malfunction of electronic expansion valve outdoor unit F3 Discharge pipe temperature malfunction outdoor unit H3 Failure of high pressure switch outdoor unit H9 Malfunction of outdoor air temperature sensor system outdoor unit J1 Malfunction of pressure sensor J3 Malfunction of discharge pipe temperature sensor system outdoor unit 2 J3 Malfunction of discharge pipe temperature sensor system 5 outdoor unit 5 J5 Suction pipe thermistor malfunction 8 J6 Malfunction of heat exchanger temperature sensor system outdoor unit J7 Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger thermistor outdoor unit J8 Malfunction of liquid pipe thermistor outdoor unit L1 Outdoor PC board malfunction L4 Radiation fin temperature rise Malfunction of inverter cooling L5 Instantaneous over current Possibility of compressor motor grounding or shortage of motor winding L8 Electronic thermal Possibility of compressor overload open circuit in compressor motor L9 Stall prevention Possibility of compressor seizing LC Malfunction of transmission system between control P
189. ict the compressor upper limit frequency in order to protect the electronic components in the switch box from overheating L4 error activation By lowering the compressor frequency the current drawn by the compressor will be reduced and as a result the temperature inside the switch box will drop Flow chart Inverter fin temperature 2 83 C Normal operation gt Compressor frequency 1 step 16 sec Compressor frequency k Inverter upper limit frequency 1 step 2 min Fin temperature Maximum frequency lt 80 lasts for 2 minutes 2 48 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 3 11 Pressure Difference Control Outline To ensure the compression ratio pressure difference between high and low pressure at low outdoor temperature conditions in cooling mode and high outdoor temperature conditions in heating mode the outdoor fan and target compressor frequency may be varied Cooling In cooling low ambient conditions the outdoor fan speed and compressor frequency will be adapted to secure the differential pressure between high and low pressure Normal control Upper limit step 8 a HP lt 19 bar amp OR AP lt 9 3 bar orf Compression ratio gt 2 1 Upper limit step 8 Condition A Condition A Condition B 90 seconds have passed HP 16 bar Upp
190. ifications for EKSOLHWAV1 1 45 2 8 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKRTW EKRTR 1 46 Table of Contents 1 ESIE08 01 3 Functional Diagrams 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 4 Piping Diagrams 5 Switch Box Layout 6 Wiring Diagrams What Isiin This Ghapter drei iie 1 49 Complete System ERHQ011 016AAV3 EKHBH X016AA EKSWW 1 50 Complete System ERHQ011 016AAW1 EKHBH X016AB EKHWS U tie tea tta ise hd nein altri Rete Uu eda 1 52 Electrical Connection Diagram sssseeeeeenen 1 55 Pipe Connection 1 56 What Is in This 4 0044040 0 0 1 59 Piping Diagram for 11 016 8 1 60 Piping Diagram for ERHQ011 016AAW1 8 1 61 Piping Diagram for 016 1 64 Piping Diagram for 0150 300 3 2212 2 1 66 Piping Diagram for EKSOLHWAV1 1 68 What Isin This Chapter rtc te ee cett 1 71 Switch Box Layout for 11 016 1 72 Switch Box Layout for ERHQ011 016AAW1 1 73 Switch Box Layout for 016
191. igured as applicable DIP switch SS2 is located on the switch box PCB Switch Box Layout on page 1 71 and allows configuration of domestic hot water tank installation room thermostat connection and pump operation Caution Switch off the power supply before opening the switch box service panel and making any changes to the DIP switch settings 5 MP LL 9 DIP switch Description 552 1 Not applicable for installer Default 2 Domestic hot water tank installation Installed Not installed See Domestic hot water tank Default installation configuration on page 4 15 3 Room thermostat connection Room thermostat No room thermo See Room thermostat installation connected d E configuration on page 4 13 Default 4 This setting decides the operation Heating cooling Domestic Default mode when there is a simultaneous demand for more space heating cooling and domestic water heating a only applicable in case DIP switch 2 ON 4 12 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings Room thermostat installation configuration m When no room thermostat is connected to the hydro box toggle switch 51123 SS2 3 should be set to OFF Oo m Whena room thermostat is connected to the hydro box toggle switch 1234 552 3 should be set to ON m Onthe room thermostat set the hy
192. iminate the causes of wet operation Y Restart operation Does the malfunction code E9 recur 1 Electronic expansion valve and connector No gt X21A 2 Electronic expansion valve connector and coil resistance criteria gt Replace the outdoor PC board A1P ERHQ V3 Replace the control PC board A1P ERHQ W1 It is believed that factors noise etc other than failure caused the malfunction Orange 1 Measurement spot Criteria Red 2 1 5 40 50W 2 5 40 50W 3 5 40 50W Black 4 hH 4 5 40 50W Gras White 6 O 30 3 For thermistor temperature and resistance characteristics see w 256 1 Check 4 5 E 4 For voltage characteristics of the ol pressure sensor see the right figure o zy 7 cce 8 o 10 79 9 05 ANE M E P 1 38V 10 69 05 3 P Detected pressure MPa Output voltage Output voltage V Voc See also m Check No 4 Resistance Conversion Table Ambient Coil Fin on page 3 107 m Check No 5 Resistance Conversion Table Discharge Pipe Sensor on page 3 109 m Check No 13 Check for Inadequate Refrigerant on page 3 116 m Check No 14 Check for Excessive Refrigerant Charging on page 3 118 m Check No 15 Check
193. inal strip nr 1 2 power supply to EKSOLHWAV1 pump Terminal strip nr 3 4 power supply from Hydrobox X2M 19 20 Part 1 System Outline 1 81 Switch Box Layout ESIE08 01 5 10 Switch Box Layout for EKHWE V3 Z2 EKHWE V3 The illustration below shows the switch box layout Q2L X10M X9M E4H EKHWE Z2 The illustration below shows the switch box layout 1 82 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Switch Box Layout Item Description X9M Terminal strip nr 1 2 power supply booster heater Q3L Thermal protector DHW tank for EKSOLHWAV1 pump connection nr 31 32 Z2 E4H Booster heater 3 kW 230 V V3 400 V Z2 Q2L Thermal protector booster heater connection nr 31 32 V3 11 12 21 22 Z2 Q2L Thermal protector DHW for EKSOLWAV1 pump connection nr 11 12 V3 Q2L Thermal protection input towards hydrobox connection nr 21 22 V3 31 32 Z2 A Anode enamel tank X10M Terminal strip nr 19 20 power supply from Hydrobox X2M 19 20 Terminal strip nr p1 p2 power supply to EKSOLHWAV1 pump Part 1 System Outline 1 83 Switch Box Layout ESIE08 01 1 84 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams 6 6 1 Introduction Wiring Diagrams What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the wiring diagrams of the outdoor hydro box and domestic hot water tank
194. ing Is the ype of remote controller wired or wireless Is the operation lamp of remote controller flashing YES Diagnose based on the error code on remote controller NO Heating Hydro box Cooling Outdoor unit NO Does the pump fan gt Malfunction of fan motor rotate Check the magnetic switch and aux switch for pump fan motor YES Is the filter soiled gt Cleaning Hydro box flow error Is there YES any item disturbing Remove the disturbing air waterflow Hydro box flow error item Is the heat YES exchanger soiled Cleaning of the heat exchanger Possible causes as follows Refrigerant overcharge Mixing of air in refrigerant System After vacuum drying charge correct amount of refrigerant Faulty pressure switch Check the pressure Switch Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 11 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 3 4 After Unit Shuts Down It cannot be Restarted for a While Applicable model ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes m Overcurrent relay for compressor m Compressor protection thermostat m Overcurrent relay may act due to the following reasons m Lower voltage of power supply m Excess level of high pressure m Insufficient
195. ion Part Troubleshooting 3 47 Error Codes Hydro box ESIE08 01 2 6 AR Hydro box Open thermal protector fuse of backup heater or booster heater Remote controller HH display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes The malfunction is detected by activation of thermal protector of the m Backup heater Q1L F1T m Booster heater m Q2L EKSWW EKHWE EKHWS V3 EKHWSU m Q3L EKSWWU EKHWS Z72 The error is generated in case the temperature of the backup heater or booster heater rise above specific temperature m Malfunction of the booster heater relay K3M m Malfunction of the backup heater relays K1M K2M m Incorrect parameter of the solar pump station maximum tank temperature is too high etc 3 48 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Hydro box Troubleshooting Switch off the heating cooling request and if applicable the domestic hot water request via the remote controller v Reset the error code AA via the remote controller 1 v Turn OFF the power supply to the hydro box PCB Remark Power supply is performed via outdoor unit Is the connector X3A properly connected No Properly connect the connector Yes Hydro box pump fuse FU2 is conductive No Replace the fuse FU2 Yes Check the condition of the BUH t
196. ion that is related to the functional control Overview This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 General Functionality 2 3 2 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 19 3 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 2 33 Part 2 Functional Description 2 1 ESIE08 01 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 General Functionality 1 General Functionality 1 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter will explain all functions not related to the compressor frequency control outdoor unit fan control and expansion valve control These functions have been programmed to ensure the unit s reliability and lifetime enable the operation in case of malfunction Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 1 2 Function of Thermistors 2 4 1 3 Operating Mode Emergency Operation 2 6 1 4 Simulated Operation Function 2 8 1 5 Restart Standby 2 9 1 6 Automatic Restart 2 10 1 7 Forced Thermostat OFF 2 11 1 8 Test Run Control 2 12 1 9 4 Valve Control 2 13 1 10 Pump Down And Forced Defrost Operation 2 14 1 11 Defrost Operation 2 15 1 12 Prevention Function 2 17 1 13 Heater Control 2 18 Part 2 Functional Description 2 3 General Functionality ESIE08 01 1 2 Function of Thermistors
197. ire 2 2 25 cooling mode 22 C j e o o 220 1 a S o 190 g 5 5 oO D D E 160 i 13 0 12 0 Example With ambient temperature of 25 C 40 relative humidity of 40 If leaving water temperature is below 12 condensation on water piping will happen 7 0 7 20 23 5 96 29 32 Dry bulb temperature Remark 1 Refer to psychometric chart for more information 2 f condensation is expected installation of EKHBDP drainpan kit must be considered Part 1 System Outline 1 31 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 1 32 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Specifications 2 Specifications 2 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains the following information m Technical specifications m Electrical specifications Altherma This chapter contains the following specifications Topic See page 2 2 Technical and Electrical Specifications for ERHQ011 016AAV3 1 34 2 3 Technical and Electrical Specifications for ERHQ011 016AAW1 1 37 2 4 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKHBH016AA amp EKHBX016AA 1 40 and EKHBHO16AB amp EKHBX016AB 2 5 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKSWW150 300V3 Z2 amp 1 43 EKHWS150 300 V3 Z2 2 6 Technical and Electrical Specifica
198. is 14 30 NO NO Ly 24 Overcurrent relay for compressor 25 protective themostat 26 causes for the overcurrent relay for compressor being actuated are 26 1 Power supply voltage is lower than prescribed 6 2 High pressure is too high 6 3 The power supply cord is too small 6 4 The compressor is broken 7 The causes for the compressor s protective thermostat 27 1 Internal leak of the 4way valve No substantial difference between suction and discharge temperature 27 2 Unsatisfactory compression from the compressor 27 3 Different kind of refrigerant is charged 27 4 Malfunction of the expansion valve 27 5 Unsatisfactory refrigerant circulation OK We ll be right over Service work required 3 4 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 3 Overview of General Problems General guidelines Before starting the troubleshooting procedure carry out a thorough visual inspection of the unit and look for obvious defects such as loose connections or defective wiring Before contacting your local Daikin dealer read this chapter carefully it will save you time and money Warning When carrying out an inspection on the switch box of the unit always make sure that the main switch of the unit is switched off When a safety device was activated stop the unit and find out why the sa
199. itches DS1 by service manual Factory setting of all switches OFF 9 Option el zi Li li Wiring dependent on model Part 1 System Outline 1 103 ESIE08 01 for ERHQ011 016AAW1 iagram D iring W Wiring Diagrams 6 11 8 MOHHV 1NO 4 ene ASSV OdWOO 3 dH HOLOVSY NOLLISOd HOSS3HdWOD E s n 1 wd gird an P an Isa dH dG dH deH YX O 9 NOILISOd TIVNIINH3LL yOLOVSY ROS OU gg gn gn ol o o ga un
200. ith fixed frequency settings that is programmed in the unit s memory Compressor operation frequency Step No ERHQ011 016AAV3 1 32 Hz 2 36 Hz 3 41 Hz 4 44 Hz 5 48 Hz 6 52 Hz 7 57 Hz 8 62 Hz 9 67 Hz 10 72 Hz 11 78 Hz 12 84 Hz 13 90 Hz 14 94 Hz 15 98 Hz 16 102 Hz 17 107 Hz 18 112 Hz 19 117 Hz 20 123 Hz 21 131 Hz 22 139 Hz 23 147 Hz 24 155 Hz 25 164 Hz 26 174 Hz 27 184 Hz 28 194 Hz Maximum frequency step Cooling Heating ERHQ011AAV3 20 17 ERHQ014AAV3 26 22 ERHQ016AAV3 28 24 Part 2 Functional Description 2 41 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 3 4 Low Pressure Protection Control Outline In order to prevent low pressures in the system the below control function will be activated Details Low pressure is a calculated value during heating operation Low pressure is detected by the pressure sensor during cooling operation Flow chart When cooling operation When heating operation m gt Normal operation Normal operation lt 4 5 minutes after starting Lp 0 15MPa amp Within 10 minutes after defrosting continuous for 1 min Lp 0 12 Lp lt 0 12MPa MPa lt 9 Compressor upper Condition E Lp gt 0 15 limi
201. ity If you are not sure about the availability of hot water check the domestic hot water temperature on the controller see operation manual of the indoor unit and if too low push the booster domestic hot water button This will trigger domestic water heating by the heat pump immediately m The booster heater in the domestic hot water tank can work independent from the solar heating or domestic water heating by the heat pump For a detailed decision flow on domestic water heating by solar kit or by heat pump and or booster heater refer to the annexes of the installation manual EKSOLHWAV1 4 28 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings 2 4 Overview of the Field Setting on the Outdoor Unit Introduction This chapter will show an overview of the field settings on the outdoor unit Setting overview The table below contains the settings on the Outdoor Unit PCB m Pump down setting A m Forced defrost setting m Operation status setting m Refrigerant recovery setting m Monitoring mode setting Content Topic See page 2 4 1 Overview of the Service PCB on the Outdoor Unit 4 30 2 4 2 Pump Down Forced Defrosting 4 31 2 4 3 Setting by BS Buttons B 4 32 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 29 Field settings ESIE08 01
202. k properly done Connect the field wires properly on Q2L or Q3L IFor the EKHWE check the connection on X9M 13 14 as well Yes Replace hydro box Part Troubleshooting 3 49 Error Codes Hydro box ESIE08 01 1 The error has to be erased from the memory via the remote controller before the power is switched OFF and ON The error code has to be erased via following procedure A Switch off the heating cooling request and if applicable the domestic hot water request via the remote controller B Pushthe inspection test button m the error code will be displayed and inspection icon A is blinking and press the ON OFF button emu till the error code is replaced by 00 3 50 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Hydro box 2 7 Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes Troubleshooting Hydro box Flow switch failure cI ca The protection device circuit checks the flow input signal during pump stop operation The error is generated in case flow input signal during pump stop operation occurs m Blocked flow switch m Malfunction of the flow switch m Water flow caused by external source Check the installation conditions Is there an external pump installed Remove the external pump or separate the external pump in th
203. k setpoint Yes Yes Scheduled function mode schedule timer Yes Yes Number of setpoint changes 12 day 12 day Holiday function mode Yes Yes x Off function with integrated frost protection Yes Yes Dew prevention No No Setpoint limitation Yes Yes Keylock function Yes Yes No Yes only in com Floor temperature protection bination with EKRTETS Additional The table below contains additional information information 7 Comfort function mode Use this mode for a fixed temperature on comfort level comfort setpoint default on 21 C in heating mode 24 C in cooling mode Reduced function mode Use this mode for a fixed temperature on reduced level reduced setpoint default on 17 C in heating mode 28 C in cooling mode Use this mode to let your installation be controlled by the schedule timer The actions programmed in the schedule Scheduled function mode timer will be executed automatically according to the actual time This function uses the scheduled temperature set point Holiday function mode Use this mode to set a fixed temperature during a long absence Off function Use this mode to switch off your installation Integrated frost protection remains activated frost protection default on 4 C in heating mode Setpoint limitation Use this function to limit the setpoint range for the end customer Floor temperature protection Use this function to set a maximum and a minimum floor temperature 1 46 Part 1
204. kup heater installed Caution Operating the system with the backup heater vessel not completeley filled with water will damage the backup heater 12 Shut off valves Make sure that the shut off valves are correctly installed and fully open Caution Operating the system with closed valves will damage the pump Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 5 Pre Test Run Checks ESIE08 01 1 2 4 Powering up the Hydro box When power supply to the hydro box is turned on 88 is displayed on the user interface during its initialisation which might take up to 30 seconds During this process the user interface cannot be operated 1 2 5 MINIMUM water volume in the installation In order to secure the correct operation of the heat pump in all conditions the minimum water volume in the installation should be 201 Caution The minimum water volume of the system is the available water volume in the most critical situation m The mostcritical situation in this type of installation is in case all valve are closed Available water volume is only field piping volume AIA 1 23 4 5 8 na 1 l ui ri T a m mS o e m In this type of installation the minimum water volume is equal to the total system water volume AIA FHL3 The minimum water volume of 201 excluding the internal water volume of hydrobox 4 6 Part 4 Commissioning and Test
205. l function will regulate the expansion valve opening in function of the target suction SH value The discharge SH value will be used to set the target SH value The measured suction SH value will be used to control the opening of the expansion to the target SH value When the unit is in cooling or heating operation the opening of the expansion valve will be controlled in order to keep the amount of superheat at the evaporator outlet constant This way the evaporator can be used at maximum efficiency under all conditions The initial target heat exchanger outlet superheat value 5 C The target heat exchanger outlet superheat value can be increased in case the discharge superheat value decreases The target heat exchanger outlet superheat value can be decreased in case the discharge superheat value increases During normal control 2 situations can decide on the expansion valve opening degree 1 Target superheat amount m When the target heat exchanger outlet superheat actual heat exchanger outlet superheat gt the expansion valve will close m When the target heat exchanger outlet superheat actual heat exchanger outlet superheat gt the expansion valve will open The superheat amount is checked every 10 seconds 2 Frequency change At the time of compressor frequency change the expansion valve opening will be changed with a fixed value This value will be in function of the amount of compressor frequency change Th
206. l shock excessive heat gen eration or fire Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable or share the same power outlet with other electrical appliances since it can cause an electrical shock excessive heat generation or fire Introduction ESIE08 01 Caution Caution Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly and if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation fire or an electrical shock If the installation platform or frame has corroded replace it Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall resulting in injury Check the grounding and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair and make sure that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock Be sure to check the drainage of the hydro box after the repair Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture and floor vi ESIE08 01 Introduction 1 3 Combination Overview Table The table below contains the possible combinations between hydro box units and outdoor units of the ALTHERMA series Hydro box 1 230V Hydro box 1 230V Heating only Reversible
207. l the information you need to carry out the necessary repair and manual maintenance tasks for the ALTHERMA Five parts This service manual consists of an introduction five parts and an index Part See page Part 1 System Outline 1 1 Part 2 Functional Description 2 1 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 1 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 1 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly 5 1 Introduction The introduction contains the following topics overview Topic See page 1 2 Safety Cautions ii 1 3 Combination Overview vii 1 4 Precautions on handling new refrigerants ix Note This Service Manual is about ERHQO1 1 016 EKHBH X 016 Please refer to Service Manual ESIE06 03 for details on ERYQ005 007 EKHBH X 007 ERHQ006 008 008 Introduction 1 2 Safety Cautions Cautions and warnings m Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work Therefore be sure to observe all the safety caution items described below m About the pictograms IN This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid O This symbol indicates a prohibited action The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol amp This symbol indicates an action that must be taken or an instruction The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol m After the repair work is complete be sure to con
208. lacement of defective indoor unit PC board Problem could be caused by external factor noise etc other than malfunction Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 101 Error Codes System Malfunctions ESIE08 01 4 7 UR Malfunctioning Field Setting Switch Remote controller UH display Error generation The error is generated when incorrect combination is made No outdoor unit connected Supposed causes The possible causes are m Malfunctioning indoor or outdoor unit PCB m Malfunctioning power supply PCB m Malfunctioning remote controller wiring B Indoor outdoor unit transmission wiring Troubleshooting Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 102 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting 5 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting 5 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter explains how you must check the units to carry out troubleshooting correctly Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 5 2 No 1 Outdoor unit Checking the Installation Condition 3 104 5 3 No 2 Outdoor Unit Checking the Expansion Valve 3 105 5 4 Check No 3 Checking the Thermi
209. lve V Align the dimple of the electronic expantion valve and the stopper of the coil for the electronic expantion valve and then push them in until you hear them click Stopper 5 10 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly ESIE08 01 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 2 7 Removal of Thermistor Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off Step Procedure Points m Remove the top panel and the front panel 2 and side panel accordance with the Procedure for Outside Panels 1 Pull out the outdoor air temperature thermistor to the front and then slide this thermistor to the right to remove it 2 Pinch the mounting spring that fixes the dis charge pipe thermistor to pull out this thermistor 3 Press the fixing section of the suction pipe ther mistor to pull out this thermistor hermistor 4 Pull the fixing bracket of the heat exchanger s dis tribution pipe thermistor to the front and then remove this thermistor Liquid pipe thermistor 6 5 Press the fixing section of the heat exchanger s intermediate temperature 2 Heat exchanger distribution thermistor to pull out this pipe thermistor thermistor 1 6
210. m only applies to the hydro box 2 Use one and same dedicated power supply for hydro box outdoor unit and EKSWW option a Field wiring 5 Normal open Normal closed Single pole single throw 4 Terminal strip z Connector Terminal Protective earth 5 Do not operate the unit by short circuiting any protection device 6 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 7 For EKSWWU V3 refer to option manual Symbols re Wiring dependent on model Field wiring r3 Option Field wiring PCB Wire colour BRN Part 1 System Outline 1 95 ESIE08 01 Wiring Diagrams for EKHBH X 016AB6T1 9T1 iagram D iring W 6 7 The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit iagram d iring Ww 1 L 6 9 x9 LO X H 8H uondo 10 6 dns KEEN T S ee 2 7062 adh aneron umas Buuds aon 2 indino wun 4 8 uondo
211. modes can be selected by using the Inspection Test Operation button on the remote control Depress Inspection Test Operation button for more than 4 seconds System settings can be made Service data can be obtained Auto restart Loca e Malfunciton code history Backup heater operation s Servic W Temperature data of various sections Others setting iu mode zu Cy Depress Inspection Test Operation Press Inspection Test Operation button once button for more than 4 seconds ae mode Press Inspection Test Operation Press Inspection Test Operation button once button once Or after 30 minutes After 10 aa ae Following codes can be checked Test N Malfunction codes A Thermostat is forcibly turned on Indoor model code mee 52224 Outdoor model code Press Inspection Test Operation button once Above information is general Not all settings are applicable for ALTHERMA 3 24 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 5 Fault diagnosis by Remote Controller Explanation If operation stops due to malfunction the remote controller s operation LED blinks and malfunction code is displayed Even if stop operation is carried out malfunction contents are displayed when inspection mode is entered The malfunction code enables you to tell what kind of malfunction caused operation to stop See page 3 34 for malfunction code and malfunction contents
212. mperature difference determining the heat pump ON temperature Typ See illustration m 6 01 Stop temperature difference determining the heat pump OFF temperature Typ orr See illustration Tuy lt max Ty 70C Ty 45C TC 6 01 2C We 6 01 2C 6001 7C 6 00 7C 50 Typ max 50 Typ max 48 T 15 07 HP OFF fico 45 Tu 41 Tapon RAS 100 HP ON THP OFF THP ON User set point temperature as set on the user interface Maximum heat pump temperature at sensor in domestic hot water tank 50 C depending on TA Heat pump OFF temperature Heat pump ON temperature Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 23 Field settings ESIE08 01 7 Domestic water step length Applies only to installations with a domestic hot water tank When the domestic water is heated and the domestic water set point temperate as set by the user has been reached the booster heater will continue to heat the domestic water to a temperature a few degrees above the set point temperature i e the booster heater OFF temperature These extra degrees are specified by the domestic water step length field setting Correct setting prevents the booster heater from repeatedly turning on and off i e chattering to maintain the domestic water set point temperature Note the booster heater will turn back on when the domestic water temperature
213. n 8 Blow off valve 9 Blow off drain flexible hose 920 10 Pressure gauge 11 Waterfilter 12 Suction pipe connection 15 9 flare connection 13 Liquid pipe connection 49 52 flare connection 14 Shut off valves with drain fill valve accessory delivered with unit 15 Holes for fixation 16 Switchbox terminals 17 Switchbox terminals option domestic hot water tank 18 Wallbracket 1 10 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 6 EKSWW150 300V3 Z2 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space Outlook and The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm dimensions Service space 110 LL 0 40 Required service space around the tank Part 1 System Outline 1 11 General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 Components The table below contains the different components of the unit No Component Water mains IN female 3 4 BSP Water mains OUT female 3 4 BSP Thermistor connection female 1 2 BSP Flow from Hydro box female 3 4 BSP Return to Hydro box female 3 4 BSP Switchbox Clixon Connection female 1 2 BSP NI oJ a AJ Power entrance 1 12 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 General Outline Altherma 1 7 EKHWS150 300 V3 Z2 Outlook and Dimensions Service Space 1 Outlook and The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of
214. n 90 m3 min Discharge direction Horizontal External statis pressure Max Motor Quantity 2 Mode Brushless DC motor Position Speed nominal at 230 V 8 number of steps Speed nominal at 230 V e 800 rpm 850 rpm 830 rpm cooling Speed nominal at 230 V 760 rpm 760 rpm 760 rpm 760 rpm 760 rpm 760 rpm heating Outpu 70W Drive Direct drive Compressor Quantity Motor Model JT100G VD Type Hermetically sealed scroll compressor Speed Motor output 2200W Starting method Inverter driven Crankcase heater 33W 1 34 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Specifications Specification EKHBH EKHBX ERHQ011AA ERHQO014AA ERHQO016AA ERHQ011AA ERHQ014AA ERHQ016AA hydro boxes EKHBHO16A EKHBX016A EKHBX016A Operation range Heating Min 20 C DB Max 35 C DB Cooling Min 10 C DB Max 46 Domestic hot water Min 20 C DB Max 43 C DB Sound level nominal Heating Sound power 64 dBA 64 dBA 66 dBA Sound pressure 1 49 dBA 51 dBA 53 dBA 49 dBA 51 dBA 53 dBA Cooling Sound power 64 dBA 66 dBA 69 dBA Sound pressure 1 50 dBA 52 dBA 54 dBA Sound level night quiet Heating Sound pressure 42 dBA 42 dBA 43 dBA 42 dBA 42 dBA 43 dBA Cooling Sound pressure 45 dBA 45 dBA 46 dBA Refrigerant Type R410A Charge 3 7 kg Control Expansion valve electronic type Refrigerant oil Piping connections Defros
215. n mode OEO 014 0 0 016 Inspection test Push the button operation Indoor unit code Display System classification 072 Hydro box ALTHERMA 072 Indoor unit model code display Inspection test Push the button operation 0 0 2J6 Outdoor capacity code Display Capacity classification Outdoor unit 0b2 011 model code display 0 0 014 Inspection test push the button 0 0 016 operation Outdoor model code Display Model 2J6 ERHQ AAV3 Test operation 2A6 ERHQ AAW1 Test operation mode Y Inspection test Push the button operation 4 10 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings 2 3 Overview of the Field Settings of the Hydro box Introduction This chapter will show an overview of all field settings of the Hydro box Content Topic See page 2 3 1 Hydro box Dipswitch Settings Overview 4 12 2 3 2 Hydro box User Interface Settings Overview 4 16 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 11 Field settings ESIE08 01 2 3 1 Hydro box Dipswitch Settings Overview Start up and configuration DIP switch settings overview The hydro box should be configured by the installer to match the installation environment outdoor climate installed options etc and user expertise Caution It is important that all information in this chapter is read sequentially by the installer and that the system is conf
216. nd the fan which will result in damage to the fan Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly 5 7 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 ESIE08 01 2 4 Removal of Switch Box Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off Step Procedure Points m Remove the front panel 2 accordance with the m If the top panel cannot be Removal Procedure for Outside Panels ri Screws fixing 4 the reactor 1 Disconnect each connec tor on the PC board dM Even though workability is outdoor air e Refer to the Points col temperature degraded it is possible to pull the umn 1 4 thermistor switch box to the front without removing the top panel 2 Remove the two Faston terminals After that Pressure m The figure below shows unscrew the three Aset of i sensor lead connectors to be i i screws that fix the reac we disconnected tor and then remove the Upper fan Lower fan reactor Clamp motor X106A motor X107A 5 Screws fixing W Electronic expansion fiii 3 Cutthe clamp the terminal 1L ill valve X21A block Liquid pipe thermistor X13A 4 Remove the clam
217. ndoor suction temperature resulting that cooling capacity becomes unavailable If gas shortage worsens the electronic expansion valve remains fully open and suction superheat degree further increases In addition because the compressor frequency drops to the level of the lowest frequency 52 Hz and the refrigerant flow rate decrease low pressure cannot be maintained 3 116 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting lt Diagnosis of inadequate refrigerant gt In heating operation 1 2 As suction superheat degree increases due to gas shortage the electronic expansion valve tends to open opens fully to avoid overheat operation As suction superheat degree increases due to gas shortage compressor frequency decreases because suction superheat degree is controlled in order to prevent oil to the outdoor heat exchanger from being retained Because of 1 and 2 above evaporator capacity and compressor frequency decrease despite a large difference large load between temperature set by the remote controller and indoor suction temperature resulting that high pressure cannot be maintained and heating capacity becomes unavailable Also a decrease in evaporator capacity frequently puts the system in defrost operation If gas shortage worsens high pressure becomes smaller than saturated pressure equivalent to indoor heat exchanger temperature or indoor suction temperature Part
218. ne in Heating Mode Flow chart Heating operation Power supply ON Initialize motorized valve Initialize microcomputer A Crank case heater control Turn on the power to crankcase heater Remote controller ON operation judgment Cooling Operation Emergency mode judgment Heating Emergency operation Cooling Heating Thermostat ON judgment Starting control 4 way valve changeover Hot start control 8 Normal control Discharge pipe temperature protection control Compressor step control Inverter current protection control Motorized valve PI control Inverter fin temperature protection control Low pressure protection control Overall current protection control High pressure protection control Suction pipe superheat degree protection control Heating overload control Simulated operation i i i i Defrosting Thermostat OFF judgment Remote Standby Malfunction condition Thermostat OFF by lt A gt Tr control Standby stop operation judgment adamant Thermostat OFF by outdoor OFF Juag Defrost temperature judgment operation d indication ww Defrost ending Restart standby judgment estart standby 4 way valve changeover a Hot start control Part 2 Functional Description 2 35 Out
219. ng The illustrations in this section are based on the following conditions m Equivalent piping length 7 5 m m Leveldifference 0 m m Air flow rate High The illustration below shows the operation range 4 outdoor temp CDB 46 r 10 leaving evaporator water temperature gt The illustration below shows the operation range outdoor temp CDB 5 UNITS WITH OPTIONAL BACK UP HEATER OPERATION POSSIBLE BUT NO GUARANTEE OF CAPACITY IF OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE 25 C UNIT WILL STOP 0 20 leaving condensor 25 water temperature 15 25 55 4 40 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Test Run and Operation Data DHW mode A outdoor temp CDB 43 35 The illustration below shows the operation range BOOSTER HEATER OPERATION ONLY water temperature domestic hot water tank 1 1 gt 80 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 41 Test Run and Operation Data ESIE08 01 3 3 External Static Pressure External static The illustration below shows the external static pressure of the unit depending on the water flow and pressure the pump setting 65 60 55 90 45 44 w 35 ce 30 15 4 10 5 s 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46
220. ng items Display of setting condition No T LED display T LED display Sett t Sett dit engem THiP H2P H3P HAP HEP HEP H7P nne condon PTHP Hap H4P HEP HEP H7P og Refrigerant Xt Xt Xt Xt OFF factory setting 9 9 9 9 9 recovery mode ON The figures in the columns under No represent the number of times to push the SET 52 button Setting of refrigerant recovery mode When a refrigerant recovery unit is connected on site to recover refrigerant fully open the expansion valve of the outdoor unit to help the recovery Work procedure 1 Stop operation 2 Turn ON refrigerant recovery mode by performing the following steps OFF 3k BLINK Xi ON Operating procedure H3P H4P H5P H6P 7 Push and hold the MODE BS1 button of Setting mode 1 for 5 seconds or more and set to Setting mode 2 Push the SET BS2 button 28 times to set the LED display as shown in the table on the right 1 Push the RETURN BS3 button once Present settings are displayed Push the SET BS2 button once to set the LED display as shown in the table on the right Push the RETURN BS3 button once to make a decision When the RETURN BS3 button is pushed once again the electronic expansion valve opens fully For RZQ KTLT the solenoid valve also opens e uuee ERDXE Xd
221. nil X 912345 CMM CM gt OFF I CH 6012 6 02 8598 CHEM T or fA C c NOT AVAILABLE Malfunction code Inspection Test button Inspection display Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 25 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 6 Fault diagnosis manual reset in the memory Explanation In order to reset the malfunction code in the remote controller memory follow actions has to be performed Remark For some malfunction codes it s required to manual reset the malfunction code in the memory before the unit can be restart See instruction on page 3 34 3 26 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 6 1 Remote Controller Display Malfunction Code and Contents Malfunction code Contents Processing Remarks 80 Inlet water temperature thermistor abnormality 81 Outlet water temperature thermistor abnormality 89 Water heat exchanger freez up abnormality 7H Flow abnormality 8 8H Outlet water temperature too high Booster or back up heater thermal protector is open E A1 Hydro box PCB abnormality CO Flow switch abnormality C4 Heat exchanger thermistor abnormality EC Domestic hot water temperature too high HC Domest
222. nkcase heater compressor OR1T Outdoor air temperature thermistor OR2T Discharge pipe thermistor Outdoor unit OR8T Suction pipe thermistor Outdoor unit OR4T Heat exchanger thermistor Outdoor unit 5 Heat exchanger middle thermistor Outdoor unit OR6T Liquid refrigerant thermistor Outdoor unit Hydro box 14 Heat exchanger PME hydro box 15 Backup heater 16 Expansion vessel 17 Drain valve 18 Manometer 19 Air purge valve 20 Pressure relief valve 21 Pump 22 Flow switch 23 Shut off valve with drain fill valve 24 Filter hydro box water IR1T Outlet water Heat exchanger thermistor hydro box IR2T Outlet water Backup heater thermistor hydro box IR3T Liquid refrigerant thermistor hydro box IR4T Inlet water thermistor hydro box IR5T Domestic hot water tank thermistor hydro box DHW 25 3 way valve for domestic hot water tank 26 DHW tank 27 2 way valve to block heating supply to tank heat exchanger EKSWWU only 28 Booster heater Field supplied 29 By pass valve 30 2 way valve for cooling mode to block floor heating loops Part 1 System Outline 1 51 ESIE08 01 Complete System ERHQ011 016AAW1 EKHBH X016AB EKHWS U EKHWE 3 3
223. ns Troubleshooting Diagnosis of incorrect or broken disconnected wiring If the LEDs on the hydro box PC board are off it indicates that the transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor units may be incorrect or broken disconnected Is the power supply voltage between NO 180 and 220 VAC YES Is there miswiring a wrong wire type loose terminal or contact YES gt Field factor failure in the inter unit wiring between the hydro box and outdoor units Is HAP on the outdoor PC board blinking YES gt Wire correctly and securely fasten the terminal screws Replace fuse Use only Specified fuses Outdoor PC board Ne Turn OFF the power supply and disconnect the connector of the outdoor fan motor Then power ON again Is YES blinking Outdoor PC board No 9 9 ERHQ V3 gt Replace the outdoor fan motor Does the fuse F3U on the communicator PC board A4P have No continuity ERHQ W1 Does the fuse F6U on the control PC board A1P have No continuity Part Troubleshooting 3 97 Error Codes System Malfunctions ESIE08 01 YES Check the resistance value of the outdoor fan motor Is the resistance value of the ND outdoor fan motor normal Does the fuse have continuity t NO Check the fan output voltage Is
224. ntains the different components of the functional diagrams No Name 1 Shut off valve 2 3 way motorized valve 3 Solar collector 4 Solar pump station 5 Plate heat exchanger 6 Non return valve T Pump 8 2 way solenoid valve Y1S Solenoid valve M3S 3 way motorized valve 9 Delivered with EKUHWA kit Symbols The table below contains the different symbols used on the functional diagrams Symbol Name Check valve XC Flare connection 4 Screw connection JE Flange connection x Pinched pipe Spinned pipe Part 1 System Outline 1 69 Piping Diagrams ESIE08 01 1 70 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Switch Box Layout 5 Switch Box Layout 5 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter shows the switch box components Altherma This chapter contains the following switch box layouts Topic See page 5 2 Switch Box Layout for ERHQ011 016AAV3 1 72 5 3 Switch Box Layout for ERHQ011 016AAW1 1 73 5 4 Switch Box Layout for EKHBH X 016A 1 75 5 5 Switch Box Layout for EKHBH X 016AB 1 76 5 6 Switch Box Layout for EKSWW V3 Z2 1 78 5 7 Switch Box Layout for EKHWS V3 Z2 1 79 5 8 Switch Box Layout for EKSWWU V3 1 80 5 9 Switch Box Layout for EKHWSU V3 1 81 5 10 Switch Box Layout for EKHWE V3 Z2 1 82 Part 1 System Outline 1 71 Switch Box Layout ESIE08 01
225. ntioned C Solar priority mode Simultaneous water heating by the sun and water heating by the heat pump is not possible By default heating of the tank by the heat pump has priority over heating by the sun This means that whenever there is a request of the domestic hot water thermostat and domestic water heating is enabled by the schedule timer or domestic water heating ON OFF button refer to the operation manual of the indoor unit heating will be done by the heat pump In case solar heating is busy solar heating will be stopped This is to avoid shortage of domestic hot water in case the solar radiation is very weak or solar radiation only became high shortly before domestic hot water demand is expected e g on a cloudy day This default setting can be changed so that at all times when solar heat becomes available domestic water heating by the heat pump will be if busy interrupted and taken over by the sun In order to change this put the field parameter C 00 to 0 Refer to the installation manual of the indoor unit paragraph Field settings to find out how to access and change field parameters C 00 put to 0 means solar priority C 01 put to 1 means heat pump priority Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 27 Field settings ESIE08 01 Notes m Be aware that setting this parameter to 0 might cause insufficient warm water at the time of domestic hot water demand during days with weak solar intens
226. o remove lime buildup on the booster heater to extend its life span especially in regions with hard water To do so drain the domestic hot water tank remove the booster heater from the domestic hot water tank and immerse in a bucket or similar with lime removing product for 24 hours 8 Hydro box switch box m Carry out a thorough visual inspection of the switch box and look for obvious defects such as loose connections or defective wiring m Checkfor correct operation of contactors K1M K2M K3M K5M applications with domestic hot water tank only and K4M by use of an ohmmeter All contacts of these contactors must be in open position 5 4 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly ESIE08 01 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 2 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 2 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains the following information m Removal procedure outdoor unit Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 2 2 Removal of Outside Panels 5 6 2 3 Removal of Propeller Fan and Fan Motor 5 7 2 4 Removal of Switch Box 5 8 2 5 Removal of PC Board 5 9 2 6 Removal of Pressure Sensor Electronic Expansion Valve and Others 5 10 2 7 Removal of Thermistor 5 11 2 8 Removal of Four Way Valve 5 12 2 9 Removal of Compressor 5 13 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly 5 5 Removal procedure outdoor unit
227. o return to normal mode m litis not possible to test run if a forced operation from the outdoor unit is in progress Should forced operation be started during a test run the test run will be aborted Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 7 Pre Test Run Checks ESIE08 01 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings 2 Field settings 2 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains the following information m How to change the field settings m Overview of the field settings m Field settings by Dip Switches Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 2 2 Operation of the User interface Inspection Test Operation Button 4 10 2 3 Overview of the Field Settings of the Hydro box 4 11 2 4 Overview of the Field Setting on the Outdoor Unit 4 29 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 9 Field settings ESIE08 01 2 2 Operation of the User interface Inspection Test Operation Button Unit 0 gt Malfunction code 10 Inspection Normal display No display Malfunction code blinks when a malfunction occurs Inspection test Push the button operation Indoor unit capacity code Unit 0 Malfunction code LO Display Capacity classification Inspection Ob2 011 Inspectio
228. odel Field wiring TI Option Field wiring PCB Wire colour Part 1 System Outline 1 87 ESIE08 01 for EKHBH X 016AB3V3 The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit 4 we senon 0 i i i woe 8id i CEEA i i uondo EA ASMHD 104 i SION 5 o 88S uondo i ONCE Ov Atc ELE abusi CNN E una Buuds g w e e c u wx w 2 s 3 T 8 m Bt 5 L L e
229. oil can be used Refrigerant recovery device Check your recovery device Refrigerant piping See the chart below Only 019 1 is changed to 1 2H material while the previous material is As for the charge mouthpiece and packing 1 2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of charge hose xii ESIE08 01 Introduction Copper tube material and thickness Flaring tool R410A Pipe size Material Thickness Material Thickness 9 5 0 8 0 8 12 7 0 8 0 8 O Soft Annealed H Hard Drawn Flare gauge Rag 7 Ges as SPE te 1 0 TASCO JAPAN co m Specifications Dimension A Nominal size Tube O D Do Class 2 R410A Class 1 Conventional 1 4 6 35 9 1 9 0 3 8 9 52 13 2 13 0 1 2 12 70 16 6 16 2 5 8 15 88 19 7 19 4 3 4 19 05 24 0 23 3 xiii Introduction ESIE08 01 Torque wrench m Differences Change of dimension A Dimension A For class 1 407 For class 2 R410A Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed change of work process Previously a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0 5mm was provided for flaring For R410A air conditioners perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1 0 to 1 5 mm For clutch type only Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can
230. olar remote alarm PCB S1L Flowswitch K1M Contactor backup heater step 1 S1S Solar pumpstation relay K3M Contactor booster heater 551 Dip switch K4M Pump relay TR1 Transformer 24 V for PCB K5M Contactor for backup heater all pole X1M X9M Terminal strips disconnection K7M Relay for solar pump V1S V2S Spark suppression 1 2 Notes 1 This wiring diagram only applies to the hydro box 2 Use one and same dedicated power supply for hydro box outdoor unit and EKSWW option 3 a Field wiring ed Normal open Normal closed Single pole single throw 4 Terminal strip xs Connector e Terminal Protective earth 5 Do not operate the unit by short circuiting any protection device 6 BLK Black RED Red BLU Blue WHT White PNK Pink YLW Yellow BRN Brown GRY Grey GRN Green ORG Orange VIO Violet 7 For EKSWWU V3 refer to option manual Symbols Wiring dependent on model Field wiring Option Field wiring PCB Wire colour BRN Part 1 System Outline 1 89 ESIE08 01 for EKHBH X 016AA6V3 The illustration below shows the wiring diagram of the unit iagram D iring W iagrams D iring Wiring diagram w 6 4 voc 923 sn MMS5I3 Vee 913 Jayeay 9Hioeje uondo WMS 3 uondo MM Sy3 NH
231. ols used on the functional diagrams Symbol Name aE Check valve 4 Flare connection Screw connection Flange connection x Pinched pipe Spinned pipe Part 1 System Outline 1 67 ESIE08 01 iagrams D iping P for EKSOLHWAV1 iagram D iping P 4 6 H31VM G S MPPI3 HOS NYL OL H31VM 1 1 1 H3 1VM LAVMH IOSo3 HOOQNI OL H31VM MNVL OL H31VM H31VM LOH OILS3INOG NOILdO HY 1OS NOILdO HO193T100 HV10S OL WIGAN HOOQNI OL H31VM HO O3TTIOO uv 1OS OL WNIGAW HO 93T10O uv 1OS WnIG3W H31VM HOLO3T1OO 105 HOOQNI H31VM X 1 avol 5 ERE HOOQNI 1 i n SM SEN ES i CY 1 LINN HOOGNI sc 22 NOLVTIVISNI AlddNs 91915 qui NGIAB3AO Part 1 System Outline 1 68 ESIE08 01 Piping Diagrams Components The table below co
232. om thermostat the pump will operate according to below pattern No central room thermostat connected to the hydro box default field setting ON Heating Cooling OFF OFF At interface Thermostat OFF i Water circuit t BN EN ON OFF i OFF OFF f OFF le eos lt _ lt 180 120 180 120 1 1 1 1 Sec sec sec sec 1 1 1 1 1 Central room thermostat connected to the hydro box thermostat OFF OFF OFF OFF Central room OFF Continuously pump operation adapted field setting Heating Cooli ON eating Cooling At interface OFF OFF Thermostat OFF y ON ON Pump OFF Applicable condition is irrelevant for the pump operation status Part 2 Functional Description 2 21 Hydro box Functional Concept ESIE08 01 Domestic hot water When the unit is put into domestic hot water DHW operation by pressing the shower button shower mode icon is displayed the pump will operate according to below pattern ON Thermostat DHW OFF OFF mode i ON Compressor ON y Pump DV 3 gt 36 ON OFF Pump R8T gt 36 R3T 36 100 sec Applicable condition depends on the Heating Cooling mode status Remark m Incase the outdoor unit is ERHQ011 16 the pump will stop just before compressor start up This function is applicable at continuously pump operation as well m Pum
233. on outdoor PCB b Once operation stops after 3 to 5 minutes close the liquid and the gas stop valve Pump down is now finished U4 may be displayed on the remote controller this is not a malfunction After pump down forced defrost is finished or stopped keep the circulation pump running for at least 5 minutes Switch OFF the power supply of the outdoor unit Make sure that the water temperature and volume is sufficient to perform the pump down forced defrost operation Make sure to re open both stop valves before restart operation of the unit After a finished or stopped pump down the unit will perform a test run at first operation same as during commissioning 2 14 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 General Functionality 1 11 Defrost Operation Outline When the unit is operating in heating mode a defrost operation will be conducted in order to avoid ice formation on the outdoor unit heat exchanger Defrost starting 1 Defrost will start when the following conditions have been realized conditions m Integrated compressor running time is 25 minutes or more since the completion of the previous defrost operation amp m Defrost upper limit time A is met OR m Outdoor unit heat exchanger area temperature Tb is within the defrost requesting area Evaporating temperature Te C 4 Or Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature Tb C lt Factory setting Outd
234. on when heating T mostat T request by room Ms thermostat X2M HCLN 1121314 th Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 13 Field settings ESIE08 01 Pump operation configuration Thermostat Configuration Pump operation y pr Thermostat with 552 3 on when heating T T heating cooling wiring request or cool switch ing request by X2M room thermostat th Thermostat contact Cooling contact Heating contact 230VAC The pump will stop when space heating cooling is turned off or when the water reaches the desired water temperature as set on the user interface With space heating cooling turned on the pump will then run every 5 minutes during 3 minutes to check the water temperature Note To set the pump speed refer to Setting the pump speed on page 4 15 Without room thermostat When no thermostat is connected to the hydro box pump operation will be determined by the leaving water temperature To force continuous pump operation when no room thermostat is connected do the following m settoggle switch SS2 3 to ON m short circuit the terminal numbers 23 17 13 on the terminal block in the switch box With room thermostat When a thermostat is connected to the hydro box the pump will operate continuously whenever there is heating or cooling demand requested by the thermostat Domes
235. onnec tor 205 from the PC board While pressing the two hooks remove the PC board A2P Remove the PC board A1P m Remove the switch box accordance with the Removal procedure for the switch box 1 Remove the clamp from the compressor harness Press the hooks to remove the terminal block Cut the two clamps A Extend the hooks and then remove the support leg of the cover of electri cal components Disengage the three hooks on the left side and then while pushing down the two hooks on the right side remove the whole cover of the elec tric components Cut the clamps B Disconnect the connec tor listed in point column Remove the PC board A1P together with the radiating fin Connector PC board A2P Tab of cover of electric components Termi nal block Fin thermistor X111A Tab of terminal block mounting section Tab of cover of electric components Compressor WI harness cover of electric components clamp 1B Compressor X102A Reactor P1 yr A f Reactor P2 Indoor Outdoor connection cable X803A Ground cable 1 Power s
236. onnector of electronic expansion valve is missing when the power is on Faulty electronic expansion valve Faulty solenoid valve Faulty check valve Disconnection of electronic expansion valve harness Faulty connection of electronic expansion valve connector Faulty each thermistor Faulty mounting Faulty pressure sensor Faulty Outdoor control PC board Part Troubleshooting 3 65 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Turn OFF the power supply once and then turn it ON again Does the malfunction code E9 recur Is the electronic expansion valve Connector properly connected NO to the outdoor PC board Is the coil resistance of the NO electronic expansion valve normal 2 temperature sensor o each thermistor suction pipe discharge pipe intermediate heat exchanger NO and heat exchanger distribution pipe thermistors mounted properly Are the characteristics of each NO thermistor normal 3 pressure sensor NO characteristics normal Connect properly Replace the coil of the electronic expansion valve Mount properly Replace the abnormal thermistor Replace the pressure sensor 3 66 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units Actually it is in wet operation MA Refer to to el
237. ontrol 2255 26 60 Vee e ew eR RAI Ue XE CHR A os 2 49 procedure of self diagnosis by remote controller 3 24 Protection Control by Overall 5 4 2 47 R Refrigerant Cylinders set Bee bete PUES PME que bes i xi Refrigerant R41 0A ice ite ee SE dea p ea SENT OS ERREEN I EEE i ix regulating functions EXPANSION Valve Jie Tora tee oe Gia ne cett techie Dee eke ed 2 52 frequeney sette ue oes theses BR aut iei Gt ala cadet a a 2 37 S Safety Cautions pee tpi he SR E iii self diagnosis by wired remote 3 25 3 26 Service space EKEHBHQOODOTA eue ped NE Re ee 1 28 EKSWW1505900V3 red neg erede ee e RE Le DR des 1 11 1 17 0005 007 0 che eral aA RR RD PULCRA 1 26 Service TOONS oo eoe pert ter Sad d e ee TP ee Ba be e ete i xii RN I EE M 1 33 Starting Frequency re 2 38 Suction Pipe Superheat Protection Control Heating 2 45 SWitCh DOX S ee 5 2
238. oor Temp poco rt 1 i 10 lt Factory setting Request c 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 T 1 1 il 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 32 2 Forced defrost switch BS4 3 After one hour of heating operation in emergency operation Areas Defrost upper limit A m Outdoor temperature gt 5 C 2 hours m Outdoor temperature lt 5 C 6 hours Part 2 Functional Description 2 15 General Functionality ESIE08 01 Defrost control Defrost ending Defrosting start Defrosting complete Previous control J 1 Compressor a e ON 4 valve OFF 150 Electronic pls 250 pls i expansion valve wet protection control 0 pls 5 60 sec 0 pls 5 sec ON Outdoor unit fan Defrosting ends when the following conditions have been realized Note that defrosting can be conditions operated for 10 minutes at longest unl Defrost gt 1 min Tb 212 C al Defrost Time gt 1 min d e Water outlet temperature lt 2 5 C m Defrost gt 10 min gt 9 g Defrost Time gt 10 sec gt 2 45 MPa 2 16 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 General Functionality 1 12 Freeze Prevention Function Purpose Freeze Prevention start conditions Action
239. or system J6 Malfunction of heat exchange thermistor J7 Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger thermistor J8 Malfunction of liquid thermistor See also Check No 4 Resistance Conversion Table Ambient Coil Fin on page 3 107 Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 72 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 11 Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes Troubleshooting Ji Malfunction of Pressure Sensor The malfunction is detected by the pressure measured with pressure sensor S1NPH When the defect pressure becomes following m Detected pressure lt 0 05 continues 185 sec m Detected pressure gt 0 05MPa continues 185 sec Faulty pressure sensor Faulty outdoor unit PC board Incorrect connection of connector Check if the connector for the pressure sensor X174 is correctly connected to the outdoor unit PC board A1P Is it connected correctly Measure the voltage V between the pins 2 and 3 of the above connector 1 Is the relation between NO Connect correctly the pressure and the voltage normal 2 YES gt Replace the pressure sensor S1NPH gt Replace outdoor
240. p of the KT utdoor air temperature S pressure sensor lead thermistor WE wire BN Integrated thermistor X12A 5 OCutthe clamp of the out Pressure sensor i door air temperature Terminal PAA thermistor D s Four way SE 2 valve X25A Crankcase 6 Disconnect a set of lead heater X28A wires together from the clamp 7 Remove the terminal cover and then discon nect the three lead wires from the terminal block for the compressor m Precaution for mounting the pressure sensor To prevent the lead wire from hanging over the PC board hook the lead wire of 160 to 170 mm in length from the front end of the connector on the clamp 8 Unscrew the two screws that fix the terminal block 9 the three hooks and then pull out the switch box upward 5 8 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly ESIE08 01 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 2 5 Removal of PC Board Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off Step Procedure Points m Remove the top panel and the front panel 2 accordance with the Removal Procedure for Outside Panels Remove the PC board A2P 1 Disconnect the c
241. p operation at domestic hot water mode is independent on the heating cooling mode and related setting m Pump will continue for 1 minute in case unit is stopped via ON OFF button or central room thermostat and BUH was active m Central room thermostat determines operation mode cooling or heating 2 22 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Hydro box Functional Concept 2 4 Defrost control Defrost operation during space heating operation Remark Defrost operation during domestic hot water heating defrost Remark Conditions during defrost cycle Outdoor demand operation mode is heating Backup heater is based on BUH heating thermostat ON OFF state Three way valve is space heating side Two way valve is open Pump on and after defrost cycle keeps on for 6 minutes additionally Booster heater is based on BSH domestic hot water heating thermostat ON OFF state During additional pump operation of 6 minutes Pump operation signal is NOT displayed on the interface Conditions during defrost cycle Outdoor demand operation mode is heating Backup heater is OFF Three way valve is sanitary water heating side Two way valve hold last state Pump ON and after defrost cycle keeps on for 6 minutes additionally Booster heater is BSH sanitary water heating thermostat ON OFF state During additional pump operation of 6 minutes Pump operation signal is NOT displayed on the interface
242. perations m Outdoor unit fan 8 step on 522 Hp Lp gt 0 59 MPa OR Hp lt 2 75 MPa Hp 3 68 MPa Lp 0 12 MP Outdoor unit fan Outdoor unit fan 1 step 30 sec 1 step 30 sec Only the fan speed will be adapted in heating overload conditions No adjustments to the compressor frequency will be made 2 50 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 3 12 Oil Recovery Operation Outline When the compressor operates for a certain period of time at low frequency the oil level in the compressor may become low due to incomplete oil return To prevent damage to the compressor and in worst case avoid compressor lock an oil recovery operation will be conducted Details During the oil recovery operation the operation frequency of the compressor will be increased for a time period of 5 minutes Oil recovery operation is only executed in cooling mode In heating mode oil return to the compressor is guaranteed by the defrost operation Part 2 Functional Description 2 51 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 4 Expansion Valve Regulating Functions Introduction This chapter will explain the functions that are used to control the expansion valve opening Content Topic See page 3 4 1 Expansion Valve Control at Startup 2 53 3 4 2 General Expansion Valve Control 2 54 3 4 8 Discharge Pipe Temperature Protection Control 2 55
243. perature ls rated YES DE gt Replace the compressor terminals Q Is rated voltage YES Replace the magnetic transistor switch or power transistor Is rated voltage YES output from the Replace the PC board PC board gt Check the thermistor Sensor Outdoor unit Magnetic 2 BE Board switch oan Rel COMP 0 Input Output Input Output from Output from Output from to PC gt from gt to PC relayor magnetic j magnetic board PC board microcomputer switch or SW switch or board circuit of U V W of power power transistor transistor Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 3 3 Cooling Heating Operation Starts but Stops Immediately Applicable model ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes Excess charge of refrigerant Air intrudes into refrigerant system Faulty pressure switch Faulty magnetic switch for outdoor unit fan motor Faulty aux relay for outdoor unit fan motor Soiled heat exchanger of outdoor unit There is an interfering item in air flow of outdoor unit Malfunction of outdoor unit fan Soiled air filter of hydro box Malfunction of hydro box pump flow error 3 10 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Troubleshoot
244. pipe thermistor DE J5 Abnormal suction pipe thermistor 6 J6 Abnormal heat exchanger distributor pipe thermistor J7 Abnormal intermediate heat exchanger 5 e thermistor J8 Abnormal liquid pipe thermistor 55 L1 PC board failure 5 0 JE JE SEOSE SE AK AK DE JE JE JEJEJE AR L4 Elevated radiation fin temperature 55 L5 Compressor instantaneous overcurrent DE 18 Compressor overload m oxxxresx e eje xxi L9 Compressor lock LC Abnormal transmission between the control e e o and the inverter ld 5 a a i i P1 Unbalanced power supply voltage 5 6 35 0 5615135 4 Abnormal radiation fin thermistor 55 Faulty capacity setting ixuxxesxuxe 00 Abnormal gas Gas shortage warning iue 5 4 DE IE JE IEOR AK AK DR AR DE JE JEJEJE AK AR JE shortage Abnormal gas shortage e xe U2 Abnorma Inverter undervoltage and power supply id ld m d feed din voltage SP PAM overvoltage xxx xelesuxje 04 Abnormal transmission between indoor and e outdoor units A iui ii B i UA Faulty field setting switch ikuxxes
245. power supply OFF and Operation OFF 10 When making one turn of the lower fan motor by hand after turning the power supply on is a pulse 0 and 5 V generated 4 times between pins 4 and 1 of X107A 2 3 5 2 7 NO Faulty PC board Replace the PC board 8 NO 5Faulty PC board Replace the PC board 10 NO Faulty hall IC Replace the DC fan motor 2 3 5 7 8 10 YES Replace the PC board Fan speed pulse input 0V and 5V moV 15V I GND I NC I NC J9 250 350V during operation 9 9999 52679 3 114 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting 5 12 Check No 11 Outdoor unit Check for Power Transistor Judgment according to the continuity check by using an analog tester 1 2 Do not touch the charged area high voltage for 10 minutes after turning the power supply off If you must touch such an area make sure that the power supply voltage of power transistor is 50 V or less Disconnect the connector of the outdoor unit fan motor When the outdoor unit fan is rotating against a strong wind the condenser is charged and electric shock may result Therefore disconnect the connector from the outdoor unit fan motor after con firming that the outdoor unit fan has stopped Before measuring the continuity disconnect the connection between compressor and power
246. pter Introduction In the first stage of the troubleshooting sequence it is important to correctly interpret the error code on the remote controller display The error code helps you to find the cause of the problem Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 4 2 U0 Gas Shortage Malfunction 3 92 4 3 U2 Abnormal Power Supply Voltage 3 94 4 4 U4 UF Malfunction of Transmission between Hydro box and Outdoor Unit 3 96 4 5 UF Malfunction of Transmission between Hydro box and Outdoor Unit or Gas 3 99 Shortage 4 6 U5 Malfunction of Transmission between Hydro box and Remote Controller 3 101 4 7 UA Malfunctioning Field Setting Switch 3 102 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 91 Error Codes System Malfunctions ESIE08 01 4 2 UU Gas Shortage Malfunction Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes c In cooling operation Detection based on difference in temperature between temperature preset by remote controller and indoor suction air temperature motorized valve opening degree compressor frequency and low pressure In heating operation Detection based on difference in temperature between temperature preset by remote controller and indoor suction air temperature motorized valve opening degree during the control of suction air superheating high pres
247. r X107A M2F Fan Motor lower TP1 gt Inverter DC checkpin TP2 Inverter DC checkpin X141A X142A X111A R7T Inverter Fin thermistor X105A X5A On Control PCB 1 128 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 PCB Layout Noise filter PCB The illustration below shows the PCB connectors A3P L12B L32B L12B L22B L32B B TPN y 055277 RS 044 2 Connectors The table below describes the PCB connectors Connector Connected to Description L11B L11A On Control PCB L1 L21B L21A On Control PCB L2 L31B L31A On Control PCB L3 N1B N1A On Control PCB N L12B L1R Reactor inverter M1C L22B L2R Reactor inverter M1C L23B L3R Reactor inverter M1C Part 1 System Outline 1 129 PCB Layout ESIE08 01 7 4 PCB Layout for EKHBH X 016 Main PCB The illustration below shows the PCB connectors X15A SH Y gt 24 au L al wy FU1 rr emn LES X20A SL 4i ue CN X16A X14A X9A X8A X6A X5A 1 130 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 PCB Layout Connectors The table below describes the PCB connectors for EKHBH X Connector Connected to Terminals Description X1A TR1 Transformer 220V 24V 2
248. r PCB A1P Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 105 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 5 4 Check No 3 Checking the Thermistors Thermistors If the cause of the problem is related to the thermistors then the thermistors should be checked prior to changing the PCB For more information about these thermistors see m Wiring Diagrams outdoor units m Function of Thermistors on page 4 4 Overview of The table below contains an overview of the thermistors thermistors Thermistor Description Hydro box R1T Outlet water after PHR thermistor R2T Outlet water after BUH thermistor R3T Refrigerant liquid thermistor R4T Inlet water thermistor R5T Domestic hot water tank thermistor Outdoor Ambient air thermistor R2T Discharge pipe thermistor R3T Suction pipe thermistor R4T Heat exchanger thermistor R5T Intermediate heat exchanger thermistor R6T Liquid pipe thermistor R10T Power module fin thermistor ERHQ V3 R7T Power module fin thermistor ERHQ W1 Checking To check the thermistors proceed as follows Step Action 1 Disconnect the thermistor from the PCB 2 Read the temperature and the resistor value 3 Check if the measured values correspond with the values in the table on the next pages 3 106 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting 5 5 Check No 4 Resis
249. r protection devices Check that the fuses or the locally installed protection devices are of the size and type specified in the chapter Technical specifications on page 27 Make sure that neither a fuse nor a protection device has been bypassed Booster heater circuit breaker F2B Do not forget to turn on the booster heater circuit breaker F2B in the switch box applies only to units with optional domestic hot water tank installed Earth wiring Make sure that the earth wires have been connected properly and that the earth terminals are tightened Internal wiring Visually check the switch box on loose connections or damaged electrical components Fixation Check that the unit is properly fixed to avoid abnormal noises and vibrations when starting up the unit Damaged equipment Check the inside of the unit on damaged components or squeezed pipes Refrigerant leak Check the inside of the unit on refrigerant leakage If there is a refrigerant leak call your local Daikin dealer Power supply voltage Check the power supply voltage on the local supply panel The voltage must correspond to the voltage on the identification label of the unit 10 Air purge valve Make sure the air purge valve is open at least 2 turns 11 Pressure relief valve Check if the backup heater vessel is completely filled with water by operating the pressure relief valve It should purge water instead of air applies only to units with optional bac
250. rect 9 When the compressor is running measure the voltage between and of electrolytic capacitor C C gt Correct the wiring Is the measured voltage 220 VDC or more YE S Monitor the voltage Instantaneous voltage drop gt Replace the outdoor PC board A1P ERHQ V3 Replace the inverter PC board A2P ERHQ W1 Check the several connections according to wiring diagram m V3 W1 Reactor coil resistance value 0 2 1 ohm m V3 Capacitor C4 is correctly connected GREY cable is connected at the side of the grey stroke on the capacitor m W1 Confirm the conditions of FTU amp F2U Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 95 Error Codes System Malfunctions ESIE08 01 4 4 Ud ur Malfunction of Transmission between Hydro box and Outdoor Unit Remote controller display Error generation Supposed causes The error is generated when the microprocessor detects that the transmission between the indoor and the outdoor unit is not normal over a certain amount of time The possible causes are m Wiring indoor outdoor transmission wire is incorrect m Malfunctioning hydro box PCB m Malfunctioning outdoor unit PCB Outside cause 3 96 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes System Malfunctio
251. resistance value of the fan motor normal NO gt Replace the fan motor Caution Is the fuse conductive 1 Properly plug the fan motor connector and then turn ON the power again Does E7 appear again YES Replace the fuse NO Replace the outdoor PC board A1P ERHQ V3 Replace the inverter P C board A2P ERHQ W1 gt There is no problem with the unit An external factor noise etc other than unit failure may bea cause of the malfunction Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 1 FUSE CONDUCTIVE EKHQ011 016AAV3 F6U A1P outdoor pc board EKHQ011 016AAW1 F7U A2P inverter pc board 3 64 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 7 E9 Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes ra ua Method is determined according to the suction pipe superheat degree and electronic expansion valve opening degree calculated by values of low pressure sensor and suction pipe temperature thermistor When the following conditions are met for 10 minutes Suction pipe superheat degree lt 4 C Minimum electronic expansion valve opening degree C
252. ressure test using nitrogen Part 1 System Outline 1 63 Piping Diagrams ESIE08 01 4 4 Piping Diagram for EKHBH X 016A WATER SIDE EVAPORATOR CONDENSOR FIELD REFRIGERANT INSTALLATION IHE ne pe x Gd REFR OUT D ok REFR IN 1 1 FIELD peus REFR IN ot fh pm REFR OUT 1 64 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Piping Diagrams Components Symbols The table below contains the different components of the functional diagrams No Name 1 Water outlet 2 Shut off valve with drain fill valve 3 Flowswitch 4 Pump 5 Back up heater 6 Blow off 7 Safety valve 8 Air purge 9 Pressure gauge 10 Expansion vessel 11 Drain 12 Plate heat exchanger 13 Filter 14 Water inlet R1T Outlet water heat exchanger thermistor R2T Outlet water backup heater thermistor R3T Refrigerant liquid side thermistor R4T Inlet water thermistor The table below contains the different symbols used on the functional diagrams Symbol Name OnE Check valve Flare connection se Screw connection Flange connection x Pinc
253. rgency mode by outdoor If a safety device is activated during emergency all actuators are turned OFF m Freeze up prevention Cooling m High pressure control Heating In cooling the unit runs for 20 minutes and then stops for 10min in order to avoid freeze up of the indoor coil In heating defrost is activated for 3 minutes once every hour Emergency operation can not be carried out when the PC board itself is defective The unit will not regulate the temperature during emergency operation Change the position of the emergency switch only when the power is turned off In case outdoor unit broken no outdoor unit connected m The hydro box will go automatically in emergency operation The space heating and or Hot water operation will be performed by the backup or and Booster heater only Emergency operation by outdoor unit will only operate in case a malfunction is applicable Part 2 Functional Description 2 7 General Functionality ESIE08 01 1 4 Simulated Operation Function General description Note In case of a thermistor malfunction simulated operation is performed in two different ways as shown below even while the malfunction is detected A Operation continues while the malfunction code is displayed on the remote controller Applicable thermistors m Outside air temperature thermistor Heat exchanger distribution pipe thermistor in cooling operation only Intermediate heat exchanger thermi
254. rgency operation by changing the emergency switch back to normal while the power is OFF Emergency Below table explains what will happen when the switch is set to emergency operation Changing the switch to emergency for the Switches ON the Hydro box m Pump Outdoor unit m Compressor m Outdoor fan s How to set To set emergency operation proceed as follows Emergency operation Step Action 1 Turn OFF the power 2 Switch ON the emergency switch on the outdoor PCB EMERGENCY ON COOL _ 1 2 3 4 OFF HEAT 2 6 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 General Functionality Active components Attention Additional info Step Action 3 Set the emergency switch on the outdoor PCB to the forced mode you prefer Cooling or Heating EMERGENCY ON COOL EN 12 3 4 OFF HEAT 4 Turn ON the power supply Component Forced cooling Forced heating Forced defrosting Compressor ON ON ON 4 way valve OFF ON OFF Outdoor unit fan H fan speed H fan speed OFF Hydro box pump ON ON ON Confirm the operation of the hydro box pump during forced operation During emergency operation hydro box should be active and remote controller will show actual error code reason for eme
255. ring Diagram for 150 300 3 42 1 106 Wiring Diagram for EKHWS150 300 V3 Z2 amp EKHWSU150 300 V3 1 108 Wiring Diagram for 150 300 3 1 110 Wiring Diagram for 150 300 3 22 1 112 Wiring Diagram for EKRTR 21 242 1 1 114 Table of Contents ESIE08 01 7 PCB Layout 7 1 Whats in Ihis Chapter 1 117 7 2 PCB Layout for 11 016 1 118 7 3 PCB Layout for 1 1 016 1 1 124 7 4 PCB Layout for 016 1 130 Part 2 Functional Description 1 General Functionality 1 1 What Is in This Chapter 2 3 1 2 Function ot Thermlstors etm teet e ds 2 4 1 3 Forced Operating Mode Emergency 2 6 1 4 Simulated Operation 2 8 1 5 Restart Standby cetera rete dine nere ee 2 9 1 6 A tomatic Bestart nte tme a o aedes 2 10 1 7 Forced Thermostat 2 2 11 1 8 Test GOntrol 2 12 1 9 4 way Valve 0
256. ring type safety valve operates xi Introduction ESIE08 01 1 4 3 Service Tools R410A is used under higher working pressure compared to previous refrigerants R22 R407C Furthermore the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to Ether oil and if oil mixing is occurred sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other problems Therefore gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous refrigerant R22 R407C can not be used for products that use new refrigerants Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices m Tool compatibility Compatibility Tool HFC HCFC Reasons for change R410A R407C R22 Gauge manifold Do not use the same tools for R22 Charge hose x and R410A Thread specification differs for R410A and R407C Charging cylinder Weighting instrument used for X HFCs Gas detector The same tool can be used for X HFCs Vacuum pump To use existing pump for HFCs pump with reverse flow O NR d adaptor must be preventive function Weighting instrument Charge mouthpiece Seal material is different between R22 and HFCs Thread specification is different between R410A and others Flaring tool Clutch For R410A flare gauge is type necessary Torque wrench Torque up for 1 2 and 5 8 Pipe cutter Pipe expander Pipe bender Pipe assembling oil X Due to refrigerating machine oil change No Suniso
257. rinted circuit board main TR1 Transformer 220 V 24 V FU2 Fuse pump Part 1 System Outline 1 77 Switch Box Layout ESIE08 01 5 6 Switch Box Layout for EKSWW V3 Z2 The illustration below shows the switch box layout X1M Q2L E4H Item Description X1M Terminal strip nr 1 2 power supply booster heater Q2L Thermal protector booster heater connection nr 1 2 E4H Booster heater kW 230 V 1 400 V Z2 Q2L Thermal protector input hydrobox connection nr 3 4 1 Remark Internal connection of Booster heater 3 kW 400 V is slightly different 1 78 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Switch Box Layout 5 7 Switch Box Layout for EKHWS V3 Z2 The illustration below shows the switch box layout X6M Q2L E4H Item Description X6M Terminal strip nr 1 2 power supply booster heater X8M Terminal strip nr 1 2 power supply to EKSOLHWAV1 pump Terminal strip nr 3 4 power supply from Hydrobox X2M 19 20 Q2L Thermal protector booster heater connection nr 1 2 V3 1 2 3 4 Z2 Q3L Thermal protector DHW tank for EKSOLHWAV1 connection nr 1 2 Q3L Z2 Thermal protector input towards Hydrobox connection nr 3 4 Q2L V3 Thermal protector input towards Hydrobox connection nr 3 4 E4H Booster heater 3 kW 230 V V3 400V Z2 1 Remark Internal connection of Booster heater 3 kW 400 V is
258. rning on again with compressor output line A2P ERHQ W1 1 U V V W disconnected the compressor W U stops due to malfunction after elapsed time of 5 seconds Therefore check the voltage increase for 5 seconds YES Check the power supply voltage YES instantaneous voltage dies generated 2 Correct the power supply Compressor inspection 1 Approximate value Inspect according to the diagnosis procedure for abnormal noise Instantaricous overcurrent vibration operating status etc of the compressor ERHQ011 016AAV3 51 7A p ERHQ011 016AAW1 32 7 A See also Check No 11 Outdoor unit Check for Power Transistor on page 3 115 Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 80 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 15 18 DC Output Overcurrent Instantaneous Remote controller LB display Method of m Malfunction is detected by converting the current flowing to power transistor into voltage with CT1 malfunction DC current sensor detection m Inverter PC board detects the disorder of position signal Malfunction When compressor overload except for when startup is detected decision conditions Supposed causes Compressor overload during operation Disconnected compressor coil Faulty inverter Faulty compressor if bearing is scratched Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 81 Error Cod
259. rts damage may be occurred 3 86 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 18 P1 Open Phase or Power Supply Voltage Imbalance Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes Troubleshooting Caution Malfunction is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in inverter When the aforementioned voltage waveform becomes identical with the waveform of the power supply open phase m Open phase m Voltage imbalance between phases m Faulty outdoor inverter PC board m Faulty main circuit capacitor m Power unit Disconnection in diode module m Faulty magnetic relay K11R K12R m improper main circuit wiring Check LED on the outdoor unit PC board Open phase NO Other factors than open phase Open phase of power supply voltage YES Field factors Is the voltage imbalance between phases large Field factors Replace the outdoor PC board MP Replace the inverter PC board Note A2P ERHQ W1 Target 10V between phases R S S T T R Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred Part Troubleshooting 3 87 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 3 19 P4 Malfunction of Radiator Fin
260. s Part Troubleshooting Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error codes When a safety device is activated the user interface LED will be flashing and an error code will be displayed A list of all errors and corrective actions can be found in the table below Reset the safety by turning the unit OFF and back ON Instruction to turn the unit OFF User interface mode Domestic hot water Push the x Push the A b heating cooling mode 73 button button ON ON 1 time 1 time ON OFF 1 time OFF ON 1 time OFF OFF Part Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 3 14 Equipment does not Operate Applicable model ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes Fuse blown or disorder of contact in operation circuit Faulty operation switch or contact point Faulty high pressure switch Faulty magnetic switch for fan motor Activation or fault of overcurrent relay for fan motor Faulty overcurrent relay for compressor Faulty compressor protection thermostat Insufficient insulation in electric system Faulty contact point of magnetic switch for compressor Malfunction of compressor Fefective remote controller Troubleshooting Turn on power switch or replace fuse If high harmonics circuit breaker is not used on invert
261. s a a qr PEE eo du doe ee Ree AE 3 112 expansion Valve wees Ki ee lr eI Re ee vende bee erecta ees Ere 3 105 fan motor signal lin amp ea e exe chm etre nra pex gerer mike e s rule 3 113 fai speed pulse 2 trot b ERI DE ale qr 3 114 installation condition Pe dox mx eere d kie ve 3 104 power transistor cisci rA nene ee tea dat ei o acea ees 3 115 thermistorS i pee E n RR RARE ure A EX 3 106 components functional diagraMS 2 FERE E 1 49 eee gs oud eta ay Ge pun 1 117 0 19 10 MA S AIEEE EDAT 1 59 Switch box layout x uos qe Ie RR xe e e e 1 71 wiring diagratms e teg rd s ee Rn Tete a a ena ob TR tare aS 1 85 control outdoor nit fan Speed utn eer een cec ads rene a Rd ae PR 2 56 D diameters pipe connections 1 56 dimensions EKHBHOOZA ei EA eeu he her v REV US 1 7 oritur wat din ER editur cn 1 9 150 300 3 1 11 1 13 1 15 1 17 1 19 1 21 1 22 005 gt 007
262. s Connector Connected to Description X5A X205A On service PCB X6A For optional PCB KRP58M51 X9A X809A On communication PCB X11A R1T Air thermistor X12A R2T R5T Coil thermistor X13A R6T Discharge pipe thermistor X17A S1NPH Suction pipe thermistor X21A 1 Expansion valve X25A Y1S 4 way valve X28A E1HC Crankcase heater X31A S1PL Low pressure switch X32A S1PH High pressure switch X51A Connector for spare parts adaptor X77A For optional PCB KRP58M51 X106A M1F Fan motor X107A M2F Fan motor X111A R10T Fin thermistor HAP Indication CPU Power supply MC ML MB LB On noise filter M P C4 Capacitor F4U Fuse 6 3A 250V for Y1S E1HC F6U Fuse 5 0A 250V for M1F M2F U V W M1C Compressor LE LD L1R Reactor coil 1 120 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 PCB Layout Service PCB A2P The illustration below shows the PCB connectors OF F COOL EAN e RE 540 5510899 205 Connectors The table below describes the PCB connectors Connector Connected to Description X205A X5A Inverter amp control PCB Part 1 System Outline 1 121 PCB Layout ESIE08 01 Noise filter PCB The illustration below shows the PCB connectors A3P ES 42 O i r 4T 3 e dpi f OE EL IB s v eu o LU a
263. s Unit Height 1345 mm Width 900 mm Depth 320 mm Machine net weight ERHQ W1 ERHQ W18 108 110 kg Weight of unit Packed machine weight 120 122 kg ERHQ W1 ERHQ W18 Weight of packing materi Material EPS Carton Wood PE straps as Weight 12 kg Heat exchanger Specifications Length 857 mm Nr of rows 2 Fin pitch 1 4 mm Nr of passes 5 Face area 1 131 m Nr of stages 60 Empty tubeplate hole 0 Tube type Hi XSS 8 Fin Type WF fin Treatment Anti corrosion treatment PE Fan Type Propeller Quantity 2 Air flow rate nominal Cooling gt at 230 V Heating 5 5 Discharge direction Horizontal External static pressure Max Motor Quantity 2 Model Brushless DC motor Position Speed nominal at 230 V 8 number of steps Speed nominal at 230 V 780 rpm 780 rpm 780 rpm cooling Speed nominal at 230 V 760 rpm 760 rpm 760 rpm 760 rpm 760 rpm 760 rpm heating Output 70 W Drive Direct drive Compressor Quantity Motor Model JT1G VDYR T Type Hermetically sealed scroll compressor Speed Motor output 2200W Starting method Inverter driven Crankcase heater 33W Part 1 System Outline 1 37 Specifications ESIE08 01 Specification indoor units Operation range Sound level nominal Sound level night quiet Refrigerant Refrigerant oil Piping connections Defrost method Defrost control Capacity control method Capacity control
264. s in MP PAM In case of IGBT malfunction In case of faulty jumper setting m Faulty outdoor PC board A1P m IPM failure m Current sensor failure m MP PAM failure m Failure of IGBT or drive circuit Part Troubleshooting 3 75 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Is the NO ply voltage gt Request an improvement to VAC make the power supply voltage fall within the standard range Turn OFF the power supply once ls the NO lead wire for gt Connect tightly and correctly compressor connected to PC board and compressor without becoming loose Check the resistance value for the fan motor Is the NO eee big gt Replace the fan motor YES Does the NO fuse F6U have Replace the fuse Use only continuity specified fuses YES Y Power ON again Y Does L1 YES malfunction reoccur Replace the outdoor PC board A2P ERHQ V3 NO There is no problem with the unit An external factor noise etc other than unit failure may be the cause Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 76 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 43 A L4 Radiation Fin Temperature Increased Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions
265. s the refrigerant level NO proper Recharge a proper amount of refrigerant after refrigerant collection and vacuum drying Check the refrigerant pipinga system for clogging 2 See also m 41 Check No 13 Check for Inadequate Refrigerant on page 3 116 m 2 Check No 8 Clogged Points on page 3 112 Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 100 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes System Malfunctions 4 6 US Malfunction of Transmission between Hydro box and Remote Controller Remote controller us display Error generation The error is generated when the microprocessor detects that the transmission between the hydro box and the remote controller is not normal over a certain amount of time Supposed causes The possible causes are m Malfunctioning remote controller m Malfunctioning indoor PCB m Outside cause noise m Connection of two master remote controllers when using two remote controllers Troubleshooting All indoor unit PCB microcomputer normal monitors flashing Resets normally when power supply is turned off temporarily NO Indoor unit PC board replacement YE S Malfunction could be produced by noise Check the surrounding area and restart operation Is US displayed Failure of remote controller constantly PC board or rep
266. scharge pipe using a pipe cutter Refer to point column y T Brazing 0 m to cut thee pipes by 8 Remove brazing pom t 7 es using a pipe cutter before discharge pipe 24 AE T d disconnecting the brazed 1 sections of pipes A sudden 9 Lift to pull out the com 4 disconnection of the brazed pressor d can cause oil to catch ire Insulation Nuts fixing the compressor Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly 5 13 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 ESIE08 01 5 14 Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly ESIE08 01 Index Numerics a nete est tnd oo eat An ee ah et e C ZC thal m ee AM Rud 3 44 dod EE eet 3 43 la 3 43 t ac cele eie Ap sep teet detain beste E EE ye a hon gail sui ce thd dl ae neta salen Soca Mass cna nerd E ED 3 47 UM DUM DRM HE M 3 51 57 TH 3 43 Check Check for Excessive Refrigerant 0 3 118 Check for Factors Causing Wet 3 119 check fan motor connector output No 01 3 104 thermistor resistance 06 3 108 checking clogged poilt
267. shooting Check N 04 Thermistor resistance check No Replace the thermistor Yes Sol 1 ted to tis tank vig EKSOLHWAVI Replace the applicable relay Yes Maximum tank temperature set point via Adapt the maximum tank set point the solar pump station thermistor is correct NO via the solar pump station to the correct value 1 1 Yes Replace the hydro box PCB A1P 1 Confirm the maximum allowed tank temperature via solar panels in the installation manual of EKSOLHWAV1 3 52 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction In the first stage of the troubleshooting sequence it is important to correctly interpret the error code on the remote controller display The error code helps you to find the cause of the problem Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 3 2 E1 Outdoor Unit PCB Abnormality 3 54 3 3 E3 Abnormal High Pressure Detected by the HPS 3 55 3 4 E4 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor 3 57 3 5 E5 Compressor Motor Lock 3 60 3 6 E7 Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor 3 62 3 7 E9 Malfunction of Electronic Expansion Valve 3 65 3 8 Malfunctioning in Discharge Pipe Temperature 3 68 3 9 H3 Malfunctioning HPS System 3 70 3 10 H9 J3 J5 J
268. shooting ESIE08 01 1 8 2 Outdoor Unit Malfunction Explanation for High probability of malfunction symbols O Possibility of malfunction L1 Low probability of malfunction No possibility of malfunction do not replace Overview Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of Controller Malfunction Display Other than PC Board Outdoor hydro bo Remote Page Unit x Controller E1 Outdoor unit P C board malfunction 3 54 Abnormality of high pressure HPS 3 55 4 Abnormality of low pressure outdoor 3 57 5 Compressor motor lock malfunction 3 60 E7 Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor 3 62 E9 Malfunction of Electronic expansion valve 3 65 F3 Discharge pipe temperature malfunction 3 68 H3 Faulty high pressure switch HPS 3 70 H9 Malfunction of outdoor air temperature sensor 3 72 system J1 Malfunction of pressure sensor 3 73 J3 Malfunction of discharge pipe temperature 3 72 sensor system J5 Suction pipe thermistor malfunction 3 72 J6 Malfunction of heat exchanger temperature 3 72 sensor system J7 amp m Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger 3 72 temperature sensor system outdoor unit J8 amp Malfunction of liquid pipe thermis
269. slightly different Part 1 System Outline 1 79 Switch Box Layout ESIE08 01 5 8 Switch Box Layout for EKSWWU V3 The illustration below shows the switch box layout X5M Q2L X6M E4H Q3L Q1T Item Description X5M Terminal strip nr 1 2 power supply to solenoide valve Y1S from hydrobox X7M 1 2 X6M Terminal strip nr 1 2 power supply booster heater Q2L Thermal protector booster heater connection nr 1 2 3 4 E4H Booster heater 3 kW 230 V 1 Q1T Thermostat DHW water tank Q3L Thermal protector DHW water tank connection nr 1 2 3 4 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Switch Box Layout 5 9 Switch Box Layout for EKHWSU V3 The illustration below shows the switch box layout TBC Item Description X6M Terminal strip nr 1 2 power supply booster heater Q3L Thermal protector booster heater connection nr 3 4 Q3L Thermal protection EKSOLHWAV1 pump connection nr 1 2 E4H Booster heater 3 kW 230 V Q2T Thermostat DHW tank for EKUHW2WB connection nr 1 2 Q2L Thermal protector DHW tank for EKUHW2WB connection nr 1 2 Q2L Thermal protection input hydrobox connection nr 3 4 Q3T Thermostat DHW tank for EKSOLHWAV 1 connection nr 1 2 X5M Terminal strip nr 2 3 power supply EKUHW2WB from Hydrobox X7M 1 2 X8M Term
270. ssor Accumulator E Service port 5 16 12 Propeller fan 13 Crankcase heater compressor OR1T Outdoor air temperature thermistor OR2T Discharge pipe thermistor Outdoor unit OR8T Suction pipe thermistor Outdoor unit OR4T Heat exchanger thermistor Outdoor unit 5 Heat exchanger middle thermistor Outdoor unit OR6T Liquid refrigerant thermistor Outdoor unit Hydro box 14 Injection valve 15 Capillary tube 16 Heat exchanger PME hydro box 17 Backup heater 18 Expansion vessel 19 Drain valve 20 Manometer 21 Air purge valve 22 Pressure relief valve 23 Pump 24 Flow switch 25 Shut off valve with drain fill valve 26 Filter hydro box water IR1T Outlet water Heat exchanger thermistor hydro box 2 Outlet water Backup heater thermistor hydro box IR3T Liquid refrigerant thermistor hydro box IR4T Inlet water thermistor hydro box IR5T Domestic hot water tank thermistor hydro box DHW 27 3 way valve for domestic hot water tank 28 DHW tank 29 2 way valve to block heating supply to tank heat exchanger EKHWSU EKSOLHWAV1 only 30 Booster heater 31 Solar kit EKSOLHWAV1 32 Heat exchanger PME Solar kit Part 1 System Outline 1 53 Functional Diagrams ESIE08 01 No Name 33 Solar kit pump
271. steresis appropriately to prevent the pump from repeatedly turning on and off i e chattering and thereby impacting the lifetime of the pump Notes m When a room thermostat is connected to the hydro box the heating and cooling schedule timers are never available Other schedule timers are not affected For more information on the schedule timers refer to the operation manual m When a room thermostat is connected to the hydro box and the amp button or es button is pressed the centralised control indicator will flash to indicate that the room thermostat has priority and controls on off operation and change over operation The following table summarizes the required configuration and thermostat wiring at the terminal block in the switch box Pump operation is listed in the third column The three last columns indicate whether the following functionality is available on the user interface UI or handled by the thermostat m space heating or cooling on off 5 m heating cooling changeover m heating and cooling schedule timers amp Thermostat Configuration Pump operation y pr No thermostat 552 3 OFF determined by UI UI UI wiring non leaving water tem perature 8 X2M HCLN 1 2 3 4 552 3 ON on when space UI UI UI wiring heating or cooling is on y X2M HCLN 1 21314 Heating only ther SS2 3 ON
272. stic hot water step length 3 2 4 1 C 8 Domestic water heating mode timer 00 Minimum running time 5 0 20 min 01 Maximum running time 30 5 95 5 min 02 Anti recycling time 3 0 10 0 5 hour 03 Booster heater delay time 20 20 95 5 min 9 Cooling and heating set point ranges 00 Heating set point upper limit 55 37 55 1 C 01 Heating set point lower limit 15 25 15 25 37 1 02 Cooling set point upper limit 20 18 22 1 03 Cooling set point lower limit 5 5 18 1 Quiet mode type 00 Quiet mode type 0 0 2 01 Status 3 m Solar priority mode 00 Solar priority mode setting 0 0 2 1 4 16 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings Outline Procedure The hydro box should be configured by the installer to match the installation environment outdoor climate installed options etc and user demand Thereto a number of so called field settings are available These field settings are accessible and programmable through the user interface on the hydro box Each field setting is assigned a 3 digit number or code for example 5 03 which is indicated on the user interface display The first digit 5 indicates the first code or field setting group The second and third digit 03 together indicate the second code A list of all field settings and default values is given under Field settings table on page 4 16 In this same list we provided for 2 columns to register the date and
273. stor in heating operation only Liquid pipe thermistor Indoor heat exchanger thermistor B Operation continues even the malfunction is detected The remote controller displays Inspection Test Run Only when the button is pushed the malfunction code appears Applicable thermistors m Radiation fin thermistor In case of a thermistor malfunction other than A and B above a malfunction stop is made and no simulated operation is carried out Applicable thermistors m Suction pipe thermistor m Discharge pipe thermistor m Heat exchanger distribution pipe thermistor in heating operation only Intermediate heat exchanger thermistor in cooling operation only Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 General Functionality 1 5 Restart Standby To prevent compressor from frequent ON OFF and equalize pressure in refrigerant line conducts forced thermostat OFF for 5 minutes after compressor stopping Moreover outdoor unit fan conducts residual operation for a period of time to expedite equalization and prevent refrigerant from entering in evaporator Thermostat OFF N Compressor Electronic Operation 166 expansion valve complete Cooling esie ke 10 sec 30 30 30 sec Heating Outdoor unit fan Residual QFF operation Kp For 5 min m 1 D 1 1 f 1 1 Restart standby complete
274. stors Suction pipe superheat protection control Outdoor fan speed control Inverter power module OR10T V3 Cooling Location Thermistor Mode Function Outdoor heat OR4T Cooling m Inverter current protection control exchanger Heating m Inverter current protection control m Defrost control Outdoor ambient OR1T Cooling Outdoor fan speed control m PMV control m Pressure difference control m Overall current protection control Heating Defrost control m Forced thermostat OFF m Overall current protection control Discharge pipe OR2T Cooling Discharge superheat control m Expansion valve control m Crankcase heater Heating m Expansion valve control m Crankcase heater Suction pipe ORST Cooling Expansion valve control SH control Heating Expansion valve control SH control OR7T W1 Inverter fin temperature control Pressure difference control Heating Inverter fin temperature control Outdoor heat 5 Cooling Calculate the expected high pressure exchanger middle tem Outdoor fan speed control perature Heating Calculate the expected low pressure Liquid refrigerant tem 6 Heating Calculate the subcool perature Expansion valve control Outlet water tempera IR1T Cooling Controlling the H P operation thermostat ture after PHE Heating ON OFF capacity control m Freeze prevention control Outlet water tempera
275. stors 3 105 5 5 Check No 4 Resistance Conversion Table Ambient Coil Fin 3 107 5 6 Check No 5 Resistance Conversion Table Discharge Pipe Sensor 3 109 5 7 No 6 Evaluation of Abnormal High Pressure 3 110 5 8 Check No 7 Evaluation of Abnormal Low Pressure 3 111 5 9 Check No 8 Clogged Points 3 112 5 10 No 9 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Signal Line 3 113 5 11 No 10 Outdoor unit Fan Speed Pulse 3 114 5 12 Check No 11 Outdoor unit Check for Power Transistor 3 115 5 13 Check No 13 Check for Inadequate Refrigerant 3 116 5 14 No 14 Check for Excessive Refrigerant Charging 3 118 5 15 Check No 15 Check for Factors Causing Wet Operation 3 119 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 103 Additional Checks for Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 5 2 Check No 1 Outdoor unit Checking the Installation Condition Check No 01 1 To check the installation condition proceed as follows Check the spaces for all air passage around the suction and discharge areas minimum space rescpected No Change the installation location Yes Does the discharged air from Is the other outdoor units cause an heat exchanger No eos heat increase of the suction clean exchanger temperature Yes Change the installation location Is there Change the enough No installation location
276. sure indoor heat exchanger temperature and indoor suction air temperature In cooling operation When compressor frequency does not increase even though the load is heavy because the motorized valve is opened to the fullest extent If low pressure drops when the compressor is at 41Hz malfunction is confirmed In heating operation When suction gas superheat degree is large compressor frequency is low and the motorized valve is opened to the fullest extent even though heating load is heavy If high pressure is lower than saturated pressure for indoor heat exchanger temperature or indoor suction air temperature malfunction is confirmed m Refrigerant shortage out of gas m Clogged refrigerant piping system m Mismatching of wiring and piping 3 92 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes System Malfunctions Troubleshooting Caution See also Check for refrigerant shortage 1 Is the NO refrigerant level proper Check the inter unit wiring and piping between the indoor and outdoor units Is wiring NO gt Collect refrigerant and recharge a proper amount of refrigerant after vacuum drying and piping connection matched Match wiring and piping connection gt Check the refrigerant piping system for clogging 2 m 1 Check No 13 Check for Inadequate Refrigerant on page 3 116 m 2 Check No 8 Clog
277. t Open the stop valve open Are control and protection HPS NO connected to outdoor unit gt Connect correctly PC board Note Turn off the power supply Wait for 10 minutes after compressor stops operating then check the following Is there continuity in control and NO Replace HPS with no protection HPS continuity Is high pressure C ihe high abnormally high orrect the high pressure 9 Set the remote controller and turn on again Is the YES malfunction code of iH3i Replace the high pressure displayed switch HPS gt Replace the outdoor unit PC board A1P ERHQ V3 Replace the inverter PC board A2P ERHQ W1 See also Check No 6 Evaluation of Abnormal High Pressure on page 3 110 Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 56 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 4 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes ra In cooling Detect malfunctions by the pressure sensor S1NPH In heating Detect malfunctions by the heat exchanger distribution pipe thermistor RAT In cooling When the detection pressure is the following value 0 12 MPa or less continues for 5 minutes When the saturated pressure equivalent to the detection temperatur
278. t frequency gt 30 sec elapsed 123 Hz Compressor upper limit Lp 0 12MPa continues Lp 0 15MPa frequency for 10 sec continues for 10 sec 41 hz Compressor upper Condition E limit frequency gt 72 Hz Lp lt 0 12MPa continues for 1 min Compressor upper limit frequency 41Hz Lp 0 12 MPa continues 10 times or less stopping for 5 minutes 10 times or less stopping in 200 minutes Compressor stop 0 Hz OFF 200 minutes Stopped 11 times in 200 minutes E V Condition E Malfunction stop E4 indication of startup control 10 minutes after defrost Lp gt 0 15MPa continues for 1 minute 5 minutes after the completion amp Condition OR During Start control and Freeze up signal hydro box or Te lt 2 2 42 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 3 5 High Pressure Protection Control Outline Details Flow chart Minimum frequency In order to prevent abnormal high pressures in the system and hence avoiding activation of the high pressure safety device the below control function will be activated The high pressure value will be calculated from the low pressure power input and compressor frequency Low pressure is a calculated value during cooling operation The high pressure value is detected by the pressure sensor m HPS opens at 40 bar tolerance 0 0 15 m HPS closes at 30 bar tolerance 0 15
279. t is important to correctly interpret the error code on the remote controller display The error code helps you to find the cause of the problem Shutdown For some errors the system only shuts down when the error occurs several times This means that you have to wait until the system shuts down to be able to see the flashing LED on the front panel and the error code on the remote controller Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 2 2 A1 Malfunctioning Hydro box PCB 3 42 2 3 4 81 80 HC Thermistor Related Abnormality Hydro box 3 43 2 4 7H Hydro box 3 44 2 5 8 Hydro box Outlet water temperature too high gt 65 3 47 2 6 Hydro box Open thermal protector fuse of backup heater or booster 3 48 heater 2 7 0 Hydro box Flow switch failure 3 51 2 8 Hydro box Domestic hot water tank temperature too high gt 899 3 52 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 41 Error Codes Hydro box ESIE08 01 2 2 AY Malfunctioning Hydro box PCB Remote controller display LED indications Error generation Supposed causes Troubleshooting Caution The table below shows the LED indications Operation HAP green Normal TK TK Malfunctioning Yt e The error is generated when the data from the EEPROM is not received correctly EEPROM Electricall
280. t method Defrost control Capacity control method Capacity control 96 Safety devices Standard accessories Standard accessories Nr of circuits Type Daphne FVC68D Charged volume Liquid Gas Drain Piping length 1 01 Quantity Type Flare connection Diameter OD 9 52 mm Quantity Type Flare connection Diameter OD 15 9 mm Quantity 3 Type Hole Diameter OD 26 mm Min 2 5m Max 75m Equivalen 95m Chargeless 30m Additional refrigerant charge See installation manual outdoor unit 4PW37976 1 B Installation height difference max 30m Heat insulation Both liquid and gas pipes Pressure equalising Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature Inverter controlled High pressure switch Fan motor thermal protector Fuse Item Tie wraps Quantity 2 Item Installation manual Quantity 1 Notes 1 The sound pressure level is measured via a microphone at a certain distance from the unit It is a relative value depending on the distance and acoustic environment Refer to sound spectrum drawing for more information 2 Down to 3 m with recharging of the outdoor unit Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit Part 1 System Outline 1 35 Specifications ESIE08 01 Electrical The table below contains the electrical specifications specifications Specification EKHBH EKHBX ERHQ011AA ERHQ01
281. take Outdoor unit only Part 1 System Outline 1 39 Specifications ESIE08 01 2 4 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKHBH016AA amp EKHBX016AA and EKHBH016AB amp EKHBX016AB Technical The table below contains the technical specifications specifications Specification EKHBH EKHBX EKHBH016AA AB EKHBH016AA AB Nominal input indoor only without electric heater 230 W Casing Colour RAL9010 Material Epoxy polyester painted galvanised steel Dimensions Packing Height 1225 mm Width 660 mm Depth 610 mm Unit Height 1 922 mm Width 502 mm Depth 361 mm Weight of unit Machine net weigth 55 kg Packed machine weight 65 kg Packing Material EPS Wood Carton PP straps Weight 10 kg Main components Pump Type Water cooled Nr of speed 2 Nominal ESP unit Cooling 2 55 9 kPa 49 1 kPa 46 8 kPa Nominal ESP unit Heating 52 5 kPa 43 5 kPa 35 0 kPa 52 5 kPa 43 5 kPa 35 0 kPa Power input 210 W Water side Heat Type Brazed plate exchanger Quantity Water volume 1 011 Water flow rate Min 16 l min Water flow rate Nom Cooling 2 28 7 l min 35 8 l min 37 6 l min Water flow rate Nom Heating 3 32 1 l min 40 1 l min 45 9 l min 32 1 l min 40 1 l min 45 9 l min Water flow rate Max Cooling 58 l min Water flow rate Max Heating 58 l min Ins
282. tance Conversion Table Ambient Coil Fin Temperature The table below is the thermistor Hydro box Suction air Coil Outdoor Ambient Coil Pipe resistance without discharge Fin temperature resistance conversion table Temp A kO B kQ Temp B Temp B 20 197 81 192 08 20 25 01 24 45 60 4 96 4 87 19 186 53 181 16 21 23 91 23 37 61 4 79 4 70 18 175 97 170 94 22 22 85 22 35 62 4 62 4 54 17 166 07 161 36 23 21 85 21 37 63 4 46 4 38 16 156 80 152 38 24 20 90 20 45 64 4 30 4 23 15 148 10 143 96 25 20 00 19 56 65 4 16 4 08 14 139 94 136 05 26 19 14 18 73 66 4 01 3 94 13 132 28 128 63 27 18 32 17 93 67 3 88 3 81 12 125 09 121 66 28 17 54 17 17 68 3 75 3 68 11 118 34 115 12 29 16 80 16 45 69 3 62 3 56 10 111 99 108 96 30 16 10 15 76 70 3 50 3 44 9 106 03 103 18 31 15 43 15 10 71 3 38 3 32 8 100 41 97 73 32 14 79 14 48 72 3 27 3 21 7 95 14 92 61 33 14 18 13 88 73 3 16 3 11 6 90 17 87 79 34 13 59 13 31 74 3 06 3 01 5 85 49 83 25 35 13 04 12 77 75 2 96 2 91 4 81 08 78 97 36 12 51 12 25 76 2 86 2 82 3 76 93 74 94 37 12 01 11 76 77 2 77 2 72 2 73 01 71 14 38 11 52 11 29 78 2 68 2 64 1 69 32 67 56 39 11 06 10 84 79 2 60 2 55 0 65 84 64 17 40 10 63 10 41 80 2 51 2 47 1 62 54 60 96 41 10 21 10 00 2 59 43 57 94 42 9 81 9 61 3 56 49 55 08 43 9 42 9 24 4 53 71 52 38 44 9
283. tdoor unit Check for Power Transistor on page 3 115 Caution occ urred Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be 3 82 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 46 L9 Stall Prevention Time Lag Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes r uo Malfunction is detected by converting the current flowing to power transistor into voltage with CT1 DC current sensor Inverter PC board detects the disorder of position signal When compressor overload except for when startup is detected When position signal is disordered Faulty compressor lock Pressure differential startup Faulty inverter The stop valve is left in closed Part Troubleshooting 3 83 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting Check the installation conditions NO Is the stop valve open gt Open the stop valve Is the difference between 2 2 mE Insufficient pressure equalization heck refri than 0 2MPa Check refrigerant system Turn the main power supply off and then disconnect the connection between the compressor and inverter Continuity check in the power transistor IGBT ls the continuity a Replace the inverter PC board A1P normal
284. ter A3P L1A NA X1M Towards main power supply L1 L2 L3 N L11A L11B On Noise filter A3P F6U Fuse 6 3A 250V for Hydrobox F5U Fuse 6 3A 250V for Y1S Y3S E1HC F4U Fuse 6 3A 250V for M1F M2F AC F3U Fuse 6 3A 250V for PS Module A2P F2U Fuse 31 5A 250V for Inverter Module L1 A2P F1U Fuse 31 5A 250V for Inverter Module L2 A2P E1 GRN Protective earth E GRN Protective earth HAP Indication CPU power supply 1 126 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 PCB Layout Inverter PCB A2P The illustration below shows the PCB connectors X108A X104A X32A L12A L32A l 122 X105A itn dE X111A WVU X142A X141A j E Nw Y 191 TP1 1 m TP2 X107A X106A F7U X109A X108A 2X104A X32A L12A L32A L22A BT WVU 10 eur jug d ago X191A X107A 106 Part 1 System Outline 1 127 PCB Layout ESIE08 01 Connectors The table below describes the PCB connectors Connector Connected to Description X108A X8A On Control PCB X104A X4A On Control PCB X32A S1PH High pressure switch L12A L1R Reactor inverter M1C L32A L2R Reactor inverter M1C L22A L3R Reactor inverter WVU M1C Compressor X191A L4R Reactor inverter M1F M2F W109A X9A On Control PCB F7U Fuse 1 0A 250V for M1F M2F DC X106A M1F Fan Motor uppe
285. ter pressure must be gt 0 3 bar water is cold gt gt 0 3 bar water is hot Check that the manometer is not broken Check that the expansion vessel is not broken m Checkthat the setting of the pre pressure of the expansion vessel is correct refer to the Specifications chapter in part 1 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 19 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 3 10 The Water Pressure Relief Valve Opens Applicable models EKSWW U 150 300V3 Z2 EKHWS U 150 300V3 EKHWS200 300Z2 EKHWE150 300V3 EKHWE200 300Z2 EKHB 016A ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes corrective action Possible causes Corrective action The expansion vessel is broken Replace the expansion vessel The water volume in the installation is too high Make sure that the water volume in the installa tion is under the maximum allowed value refer to the Specifications chapter in part 1 3 20 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 3 11 The Water Pressure Relief Valve Leaks Applicable models EKSWW U 150 300V3 Z2 EKHWS U 150 300V3 EKHWS200 300Z2 EKHWE150 300V3 EKHWE200 300Z2 EKHB 016A ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes corrective action Possible causes Corrective action Dirt is blocking the water pressure relief valve Check for correct op
286. the function is disabled operation of the backup heater is possible at all outdoor temperatures Enabling this function reduces the working time of the backup heater m 5 00 Equilibrium temperature status specifies whether the equilibrium temperature function is enabled 1 or disabled 0 m 5 01 Equilibrium temperature outdoor temperature below which operation of the backup heater is allowed Space heating priority temperature applies only to installations with a domestic hot water tank The space heating priority temperature field settings apply to operation of the 3 way valve and the booster heater in the domestic hot water tank When the space heating priority function is enabled it is assured that the full capacity of the heat pump is used for space heating only when the outdoor temperature equals or drops below the specified space heating priority temperature i e low outdoor temperature In this case the domestic water will only be heated by the booster heater m 5 02 Space heating priority status specifies whether space heating priority is enabled 1 or disabled 0 m 5 03 Space heating priority temperature outdoor temperature below which the domestic water will be heated by the booster heater only i e low outdoor temperature m 5 04 Set point correction for domestic water temperature set point correction for the desired domestic water temperature to be applied at low outdoor temperature when space heating
287. the specifications of the floor heating installation m Incase floor cooling application it is important to limit the minimum leaving water temperature at cooling operation to 16 C to prevent condensation on the floor 9 00 Heating set point upper limit maximum leaving water temperature for heating operation 9 01 Heating set point lower limit minimum leaving water temperature for heating operation 9 02 Cooling set point upper limit maximum leaving water temperature for cooling operation 9 03 Cooling set point lower limit minimum leaving water temperature for cooling operation A Quiet mode This field setting allows to select the desired quiet mode Two quiet modes are available quiet mode A and quiet mode B In quiet mode A priority is given to the outdoor unit operating quietly under all circumstances Fan and compressor speed and thus performance will be limited to a certain percentage of the speed at normal operation In certain cases this might result in reduced performance In quiet mode B quiet operation might be overridden when higher performance is required In certain cases this might result in less quiet operation of the outdoor unit to meet the requested performance m A 00 Quiet mode type defines whether quiet mode A 0 or quiet mode B 2 is selected m A 01 Parameter 01 do not change this setting Leave it set to its default value Caution Do not set other values than the ones me
288. thermistor m Faulty PCB Check the connector connection NO gt Correct the connection YES Check No 04 Thermistor resistance check NO Is it normal Replace the thermistor Replace the hydro box PCB YES Replace the hydro box PCB tH heat exchanger thermistor 8 Outlet water temperature thermistor 80 Inlet water temperature thermistor HC Domestic hot water temperature thermistor See also Check No 4 Resistance Conversion Table Ambient Coil Fin on page 3 107 Part Troubleshooting 3 43 Error Codes Hydro box ESIE08 01 2 4 IH Hydro box Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes EN The malfunction is detected by the flow switch The error is generated in case the water flow is too low or no water flow at all minimum required water flow is 16 l min Closed shut off valve Air in the system Clogged water filter Insufficient water pressure Too high external static pressure pump speed setting Malfunction of hydro box pump Hydro box pump fuse open FU2 Malfunction of hydro box pump relay KAM During defrost m Malfunction of the backup heater Q1L F1T m Backup heater fuse F1B In case of EKSWW U EKHWS U EKHWE m Malfunction of the 3 way valve In case of the EKSWWU EKHWSU m Malfunction of the t
289. tic hot water tank installation configuration m When no domestic hot water tank is installed toggle switch SS2 2 should be set to OFF default m When a domestic hot water tank is installed toggle switch SS2 2 should be set to ON 4 14 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings Domestic hot water tank installation 2 configuration When no domestic hot water tank is installed toggle switch 552 2 should be oe set to OFF default m 2 When a domestic hot water tank is installed toggle switch 552 2 shouldbe set 2 3 4 to ON i m LL Setting the pump The pump speed can be selected on the pump speed The default setting is high speed If the water flow in the system is too high e g noise of running water in the installation the speed can be set to low speed Note The speed dial on the pump indicates 3 speed settings However only 2 speed settings exist low speed and high speed The indicated medium speed setting on the speed dial is equal to low speed The available external static pressure ESP expressed in 2 in function of the water flow l min is shown in the graph below ESP mH O ao wo eo 0 poo dr Ro e do n N 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 l min Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 15 Field settings ESIE08 01 2 3 2
290. tions for EKSWWU150 300V3 amp 1 44 EKHWSU150 300 V3 2 7 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKSOLHWAV 1 1 45 2 8 Technical and Electrical Specifications for EKRTW EKRTR 1 46 Part 1 System Outline 1 33 Specifications ESIE08 01 2 2 Technical and Electrical Specifications for ERHQ011 016AAV3 Technical The table below contains the technical specifications specifications Specification EKHBH EKHBX ERHQO011AA ERHQ014AA ERHQO016AA ERHQ011AA ERHQ014AA ERHQO016AA hydro boxes 16 EKHBHO16A EKHBHO16A EKHBX016A EKHBX016A EKHBX016A Colour lvory white Casing Material Painted galvanised steel plate Packing Height 1349 mm Width 980 mm Depth 420 mm Dimensions Unit Height 1170 mm Width 900 mm Depth 320 mm Machine weight 103 kg Weight Gross weight 114 kg Packing Material EPS Carton Wood PE straps Weight 11 kg Heat exchanger Specifications Length 857 mm Nr of rows 2 Fin pitch 1 4 mm Nr of passes 6 Face area 0 98 m Nr of stages 52 Empty tubeplate hole 0 Tube type Hi XSS 8 Fin Type WF fin Treatment Anti corrosion treatment PE Fan Type Propeller Quantity 2 Air flow rate nominal Heating high 96 m3 min 100 m3 min 97 m3 min ae Cooling low 90 m3 min 90 m3 min 90 m3 min 90 m3 min 90 m3 mi
291. tor outdoor 3 72 unit L1 Outdoor PC board malfunction 3 75 L4 amp High temperature of radiation fin 3 77 L5 Overcurrent of DC output instantaneous 3 79 L8 Electronic thermal switch time lag 3 81 19 Stall prevention time lag 3 83 LC Malfunction of transmission system between 3 85 control PCB and inverter PCB P1 Open phase or voltage unbalance 3 87 P4 Malfunction of radiator fin temperature 3 88 thermistor PJ Error in capacity setting 3 89 3 36 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 8 3 System Malfunction Explanation for High probability of malfunction symbols O Possibility of malfunction O Low probability of malfunction No possibility of malfunction do not replace Overview Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of Controller Malfunction Display es cfe PC Board Reference Outdoor hydro bo Remote Page Board Unit x Controller UO Gas shortage 3 92 U2 Abnormal power supply voltage 3 94 04 Transmission between hydro box and 3 96 or UF outdoor unit UF Malfunction of transmission between hydro box 3 99 and outdoor unit or Gas shortage U5 Transmission error between hydro box and 3 101 remote con
292. troller UA Incorrect hydro box connected to this system 3 102 Note 1 Possibility of open phase power supply Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 37 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 9 Overview of the Outdoor Safety Devices High pressure switch Open Close Fuse ERHQ011 016 4 0 Mpa 0 0 15 3 0 0 15 6 3A 250V 3 38 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 10 Overview of the Hydro box Safety Devices Hydro box Tank Protector Cut out condition Reference EKHBH X 016 Q1L Clixon 75 4 AS17WW0046 B F1T Thermal fuse 94 C 0 10 C S1L 161 min 4SW04143 1 Protector Clixon Cut out condition Reference EKSWW Q2L 85 3 C 4SW03476 1 EKSWWU Q2L 85 C 3 4SW03476 1 Q3L 85 3 C EKHWS V3 Q2L 85 3 4SW05637 1 Q3L 85 3 C EKHWS Z2 Q2L 91 C 4SW05637 2 Q3L 85 C 3 C 4SW05637 1 EKHWSU V3 Q2L 85 t 3 C 45 05637 3 Q3L 85 t 3 C EKHWE V3 Q2L 89 0 8 C 4SW05724 1 EKWE Z2 Q2L 89 C 0 8 C 4SW05724 1 Q3L 89 C 0 8 C Part Troubleshooting 3 39 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 3 40 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Hydro box 2 Error Codes Hydro box 2 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction In the first stage of the troubleshooting sequence i
293. tting item and Setting condition BS4 PUMP DOWN Used for pump down operation forced oil return operation and forced defrost operation ON 081 1 Switch from OFF to ON for emergency operation forced operation Dip OFF EMERGENCY Switch COOL In case of heating in emergency operation maintain HEAT and in case of DS1 2 MP HEAT cooling in emergency operation switch to COOL Factory settings OFF and HEAT 4 30 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE08 01 Field settings 2 4 2 Pump Down Forced Defrosting A Pressing the BS button forcibly operates the air conditioner in the cooling mode 1 conduct a pump down operation sending refrigerant to outdoor unit press the BS button to forcibly operate the equipment in the cooling mode then operate the unit for about 1 minute to stabilize the system After stabilizing system close the liquid pipe stop valve on the outdoor unit and after the pressure decreases and the low pressure sensor activates close the gas pipe stop valve 2 Forced defrost To activate the defrost operation during the heating operation press the BS button This will activate the forced defrost operation cooling operation When the defrost cancel conditions are met the equipment automatically switches off the defrost operation Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 31 Field settings ESIE08 01 2 4 3 Setting by BS Buttons B Mode overvie
294. tto E fec M N 3 68 fault diagnosis by remote 3 25 3 26 functional diagrams complete System ijn Re RR nee ER ED REIR RR ERE TIE EE OH 1 50 1 52 electrical connection 1 55 G General Expansion Valve Control 1 00 0 bccn eens 2 54 General Frequency 2 40 ln Dot o siente fotu d dire Epi Me Ae e 3 70 TAG dues esae rao eeu ee ee eod 3 43 High Pressure Protection 14 2 43 installation space EKHBHOQO007A ree bwin HIERHER e dad 1 28 0005 lt 007 eek Pre eR ee HP dade dea 1 26 Inverter Cooling Fin Temperature 1 2 48 L uw DeL aeo eve Ree d ad cene 3 75 nias AE ee da ass a pr da e Tw p I LED RAG Ced 3 77 lbs edv seas 3 79 3 81 3 83 3 85 3 87 3 88 3 89 locating f nctioral diagralmis etas oes d ores de ates s Ms ti cele ta 1 49 PGB ayoUt s Ren EE s E REL RA eee oe 1 117 je P E 1 59 switch box layouts iiie 455 te ER E
295. ulation material Polyurethane foam Expansion vessel Volume 101 Max water pressure 3 bar Pre pressure 1 bar Water filter Diameter perforations 1mm Material Brass Water circuit Piping connections diameter 1 1 4 MBSP Piping 17 1 4 Safety valve 3 bar Manometer Yes Drain valve Fill valve Yes Shut off valve Yes Air purge valve Yes Total water volume 9 5 51 Refrigerant ciruit Gas side diameter 15 9 mm Liquid side diameter 9 52 mm Sound level Sound pressure 4 28 dBA Sound power 1 40 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Specifications Specification EKHBH EKHBX EKHBH016AA AB EKHBHO016AA AB Outdoor units ERHQO16AA ERHQO11AA ERHQO16AA Operation range Ambient 0 46 C ERHQO AAVS 20 35 C 20 35 C Waterside 5 22 15 55 5 55 C Operation range Ambient 0 46 C 0 AAW1 25 35 C 25 35 C Waterside 5 22 15 55 5 55 Notes With option kit EKHBDP installed Height 936 mm 2 Tamb 35 C LWE 7 DT 5 3 DB WB 7 C 6 C LWC 35 C DT 5 C 4 The sound pressure level is measured via a microphone at 1 m from the unit It is a relative value depending on the distance and acoustic environment The sound pressure level mentioned is valid for pump medium speed 5 45 C 25 C
296. unit PC board A1P ERHQ V3 Replace the control PC board A1P ERHQ W1 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 73 Error Codes Outdoor Units ESIE08 01 Graphs Outdoor unit PC board A2P 5V O X64A 4 Red 2 9 GND 9 Black PESE o Microcomputer Pa White A D input 5 2 Measure voltage here V2809 S 15 z amp o 10 2 9 0 5 59 9 9 0 0 5 0 5 0 05 1 15 2 25 3 35 4 V Output voltage V 28 PL 0 57V 0 28 PL detected pressure Mpa V output voltage V Caution Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 74 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Outdoor Units 3 12 7 Faulty Outdoor PC Board Remote controller display Applicable Models Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes r ERHQ011 016AAV3 m Detect malfunctions by current value during waveform output before compressor startup m Detect malfunctions by current sensor value during synchronized operation at the time of startup Detect malfunctions using an MP PAM series capacitor overvoltage sensor When over current is detected at the time of waveform output before operating the compressor When the current sensor malfunctions during synchronized operation When overvoltage occur
297. up heater step 2 K3M Contactor booster heater K4M Pump relay K5M Safety contactor backup heater step 1 2 X1M Terminal strips power supply backup heater in outdoor wiring 123 X2M Terminal strips field wiring X3M Terminal strips booster heater supply to contactor X4M Terminal strips from contactor to booster heater F1B Fuse backup heater F2B Fuse booster heater A1P Printed circuit board main TR1 Transformer 220 V 24 V FU2 Fuse pump Part 1 System Outline 1 75 Switch Box Layout ESIE08 01 5 5 Switch Box Layout for EKHBH X 016AB The illustration below shows the switch box layout TR1 K5M K1M KOM K3M K7M A1P F2B EKRP1MB FU2 AEM X3M X1M Item Description K1M Contactor backup heater step 1 K2M Contactor backup heater step 2 K3M Contactor booster heater K4M Pump relay K5M Safety contactor backup heater step 1 2 K7M Relay for EKSOLHWAV1 pump relay delivered with EKSOLHWAV1 EKRP1MB Alarm operation signal and solar input PCB PCB delivered with EKSOLHWAV1 X1M Terminal strips power supply backup heater in outdoor wiring 123 X2M Terminal strips field wiring X3M Terminal strips booster heater supply to contactor 1 76 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Switch Box Layout X4M Terminal strips from contactor to booster heater F1B Fuse backup heater F2B Fuse booster heater P
298. upply cable X1A m Connectors used on the PC board Compressor X102A Ground cable E1 Reactors P1 and P2 Power supply cable Indoor Outdoor connection cable X803A Part 5 Maintenance and Disassembly 5 9 Removal procedure outdoor unit ERHQ011 016AAV3 ESIE08 01 2 6 Removal of Pressure Sensor Electronic Expansion Valve and Others Procedure Warning Be sure to commence the disassembling work after 10 minutes or more elapsed from all power supplies have been turned off Step Procedure Points m Remove the top panel and the front panel 2 accordance with the Removal Procedure for Outside Panels 1 Remove the pressure sensor 1 Disconnect the pressure sensor connector X17A 2 Use two spanners to remove the pressure sensor 2 Remove the electronic expansion valve expantion valve connec tor X21A 2 Pull out the coil for the electronic expantion valve coil upward 3 Remove brazing from the two places and then remove the electronic expantion valve 1 Disconnect the electronic Brazing Pressure sensor Coil for electronic expantion valve Electronic expantion valve m Before removing the electronic expantion valve be sure to recover the refrigerant Precaution for mounting the coil for the electronic expantion va
299. uses or open the protection devices of the unit m Make sure that before starting any maintenance or repair activity also the power supply to the outdoor unit is switched off Overview The described checks must be executed at least once a year 1 Water pressure Check if the water pressure is above 0 3 bar If necessary add water 2 Water filter Clean the water filter 3 Water pressure relief valve Check for correct operation of the pressure relief valve by turning the red knob on the valve counter clockwise m f you do not hear a clacking sound contact your local Daikin dealer m Incase the water keeps running out of the unit close both the water inlet and outlet shut off valves first and then contact your local Daikin dealer 4 Pressure relief valve hose Check that the pressure relief valve hose is positioned appropriately to drain the water If the optional drain pan kit is installed make sure that the pressure relief valve hose end is positioned in the drain pan 5 Backup heater vessel insulation cover Check that the backup heater insulation cover is fastened tightly around the backup heater vessel 6 Domestic hot water tank pressure relief valve field supply Applies only to installations with a domestic hot water tank Check for correct operation of the pressure relief valve on the domestic hot water tank 7 Domestic hot water tank booster heater Applies only to installations with a domestic hot water tank It is advisable t
300. utline Altherma Oly 2 The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm 980 0 ug 1 21 0 006 0025 10533 0515 10503 EKSOLHWAV1 EKHWS Outlook and Dimensions Service Space ESIE08 01 Outlook and dimensions Service space 1 11 068 NN Part 1 System Outline General Outline Altherma ESIE08 01 1 12 EKSOLHWAV1 EKHWSU Outlook and Dimensions Service Space Outlook and The illustration below shows the outlook and the dimensions of the unit mm dimensions Service space Scale 1 20 Ht 430 400 400 SERVICE SPACE EKHWSU150 S 8 E E 8 E NG E uu 8 as 5 ef e 8 E z 8 C T 5 0 EKSOLHWAV1 EKHWSU200 300 eo f E i po
301. w Setting mode 1 With Setting mode 1 Setting mode 2 and Monitor mode various settings and data can be checked 1 Setting mode 1 The initial status normal operation is Setting mode 1 This mode indicates operating status TEST test operation HWL malfunction Setting mode 2 To activate Refrigerant Recovery mode Monitor mode This mode indicates oil return operation outdoor unit class contents of malfunction causes of stepping down operation etc contents of retry Using the MODE button the modes can be changed as follows Push and hold the BS1 Normal Push the BS1 MODE button MODE button for 5 seconds one time Setting mode 2 E Setting mode 1 Monitor mode MODE Push the BS1 MODE button MODE MODE one time O On e Off Oo Blinking H1P V2761 Using this mode the following conditions can be checked Current operating condition normal test operation line inspection and normal malfunction Low noise operating These conditions above can be checked by performing the following steps Procedure for checking check items The system is normally set to Lex Setting mode 1 Should the system be set to any mode other than that push the MODE BS1 button to set the System to Setting mode 1 MODE TEST HWL L N O P ON OFF BLINK H5P LLL
302. wer switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 16 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 3 7 The Unit is Turned on amp LED is lit but the Unit is not Heating or Cooling as Expected Applicable models EKSWW U 150 300V3 Z2 EKHWS U 150 300V3 EKHWS200 300Z2 EKHWE150 300V3 EKHWE200 300Z2 EKHB 016A ERHQ011 016AA Error detection method Error generating condition Supposed causes corrective action Possible causes Corrective action The temperature setting is not correct Check the controller set point The water flow is too low m Check that all shut off valves of the water circuit are completely open m Check if the water filter needs cleaning m Make sure there is no air in the system purge air m Checkon the manometer that there is sufficient water pressure The water pressure must be gt 0 3 bar water is cold gt gt 0 3 bar water is hot m Checkthat the pump speed setting is on the highest speed m Make sure that the expansion vessel is not broken m Checkthat the resistance in the water circuit is not too high for the pump refer to Setting the pump speed on page 19 The water volume in the installation is too low Make sure that the water volume in the installa tion is above the minimum required value refer to the Specifications chapter in part 1 Part 3 Troubleshootin
303. with one way integrated 34 One way valve 35 Thermistor from solar station field supply Field supplied 36 By pass valve 37 2 way valve for cooling mode to block floor heating loops Part 1 System Outline Functional Diagrams ESIE08 01 Electrical Connection Diagram 3 4 NOEZ LINN HOOQNI 01 6 8 2 Duneouooj MHA 0 29 95 s MHA ueuw SEN NOEZ Buijooo 10 11595 9HY 80d vex 01 6 2 unje1 Buds spun SZN Soy AOE L S NCX NLA ON L 9 N2X 9NE ON 8109 p ye SOWJEY WOOY K ddns yoyo eseojd 104 LL6 V9LOX H8HM3 LM6 V9LOX HBH3 119 910 LM9 V9LOX HBHPT3 A9 V9LOX HSHPI3 A V9LOX HHHPI3 LINN HOOQNI A V910 vL0 LLOOHE LINN HOOdLNO eui 10 ejqeoiddy ssejo 910 10 1 10 uonoeuuoo y 2c VINeX Quee z EIWTX 5 HO3 AINO ejqeo Jamod 0j eouejsip SION ejqeoJojsiuueu euis NOOY 40 A0 c Josey 1SH 1915004 NOXI19 120 Jayeay 1916004 K ddns 3NTVA AVM c LIVLSOWYSHL ypes N TIAEX
304. xchanger temperature Outdoor heat exchanger temperature liquid lt 25 W1 20 9 5 20 11 5A 2 46 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE08 01 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept 3 3 9 Protection Control by Overall Current Flow chart Monitors the overall current and restricts the upper limit compressor operating frequency to prevent circuit breakers from exceeding the rated capacity Normal operation Outdoor unit current lt upper limit current value Outdoor unit current Upper limit compressor operating upper limit current value frequency Maximum frequency Outdoor unit current lt upper limit current value Upper limit compressor operating frequency gt Upper limit compressor operating frequency 1 step E sec 1 step 2 min Outdoor unit current upper limit current value Upper limit current Takes the following values depending on the outside temperature A Also varies depending on model Overall current A Current A Current B Current C Current D m Ta Outdoor air temp C ERHQ V3 ERHQ W1 A 24 0A 13 5A B 24 0A 11 2A C 23 0A 11 2A D 16 0A 11 2A E 10 sec 6 sec Part 2 Functional Description 2 47 Outdoor Unit Functional Concept ESIE08 01 3 3 10 Inverter Cooling Fin Temperature Control Outline This control will restr
305. xexexukcceje ee UF Improper piping and improper communication xk xx xx xx xx wiring Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 33 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 1 8 Overview of Error Codes 3 34 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Troubleshooting 1 8 1 Hydro box Malfunction Explanation for High probability of malfunction symbols O Possibility of malfunction O Low probability of malfunction No possibility of malfunction do not replace Overview Remote Location of Malfunction Contents of Malfunction Details of Controller Malfunction Display ne PC Board Reference Board Outdoor hydro bo Remote Page Unit x Controller 80 Inlet water temperature thermistor abnormality 3 43 81 Outlet water temperature thermistor abnormality 3 43 89 Water heat exchanger freez up abnormality 7H Flow abnormality 8H Outlet water temperature too high AA Booster heater thermal protector is open A1 O Hydro box abnormality 3 42 CO Flow switch abnormality C4 Heat exchanger thermistor abnormality 3 43 EC Domestic hot water temperature too high HC Domestic hot water temperature thermistor 3 43 abnormality Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 35 Trouble
306. y Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory A memory chip that holds its content without power It can be erased either within the computer or externally and usually requires more voltage for erasure than the common 5 volts used in logic circuits It functions like non volatile RAM but writing to EEPROM is slower than writing to RAM The possible cause is a malfunctioning hydro box PCB Switch the power off and on again to restart Normal reset No Replace hydro box PCB Yes Y The malfunction may be caused by an external factor rather than damaged parts Locate the cause and correct the situation Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector or parts damage may be occurred 3 42 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE08 01 Error Codes Hydro box 2 3 81 80 HC Thermistor or Related Abnormality Hydro box Remote controller display Method of malfunction detection Malfunction decision conditions Supposed causes Troubleshooting J E co ca ac r1 The temperatures detected by the thermistors are used to determine thermistor errors When the thermistor input is more than 4 96 V or less than 0 04 V during compressor operation reference When above about 212 C less than 120 ohms or below about 50 C more than 1 860 kohms Note The values vary slightly in some models m Faulty connector connection m Faulty
307. ystem Outline 1 61 Piping Diagrams ESIE08 01 No Name Thermistor suction R4T Thermistor heat exchanger R5T Thermistor heat exchanger middle R6T Thermistor liquid Symbols The table below contains the different symbols used on the functional diagrams Symbol Name i Check valve lt Flare connection Screw connection Flange connection x Pinched pipe Spinned pipe 1 62 Part 1 System Outline ESIE08 01 Piping Diagrams Caution for flare m Refer to table below for correct flare dimensions and tightening torques Too high tightening force connection may cause refrigerant leak because of flare cracking E Flare nut tightening A dimensions for Piping size Flare shape torque processing flares mm 14 2 17 2 Nem qo 144 176 kgf cm Borse 32 7 39 9 Nem 9 5 333 407 kgf cm 12 8 13 2 49 5 60 3 Nem 012 7 504 616 kgfecm 16 2 16 6 61 8 75 4 Nem 615 9 630 770 kgfecm 19 3 19 7 97 2 118 6 Nem q94 989 8 1208 kgf cm POUND m When connecting the flare nut apply refrigerating machine oil to the flare inside and outside and first screw the nut 3 or 4 turns by hand Coat the indicated surfaces using ether or ester oil m After completing the installation carry out an inspection of the piping connections by p
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Westburne.ca User Guide Notice d`utilisation et d`installation FD 80 DR Bibliographie des ouvrages présentés lors de l`atelier « Différentes Axis M1013 Network Camera Migrationshandbuch Innovator 2007 Tivoli PKI Benutzerhandbuch - FTP Directory Listing Epson Z8050WNL Network Guide user guide item no. product name Specification package picture ZS55 Battery Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file